BROTHER Fax Machines Manual 97120064

User Manual: BROTHER BROTHER Fax Machines Manual BROTHER Fax Machines Owner's Manual, BROTHER Fax Machines installation guides

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 181

DownloadBROTHER  Fax Machines Manual 97120064
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
®iiii!!iiiiii!iiiiii!iiiiii

UAL
ii:iiiiii
iiiiiiiii!iill
iililiiili_iili
iiiiiiii_!ili
i iili!i:ii
i_ilii!i!iilii
iiiiiii;iiiii

iiiiii!iiii_iiiiii_iiiiiiiii

CONTENTS
Chapter
Chapter
Chapter

1.
2.
3.

Chapter
Chapter
Chapter
Chapter
Chapter
Chapter
Chapter

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Chapter

11.

Chapter

12.

Chapter
Chapter
Chapter

13.
14.
15.

Chapter
Chapter
Chapter

16.
17.
18.

SETUP & PREPARATION BEFORE USE
THE CONTROl, PANEl, KEYS
HOW TO USE ON-SCREEN PROGRAMMING
(OSP) AND HELP KEY
TELEPHONE FUNCTION SETTINGS
USING THE UNIT AS A TELEPHONE
SENDING FAXES
RECEIVING FAXES AND OTHER CALLS
POLLING
PASSWORD
REMOTE FAX OPTIONS (ONLY FOR FAX
1350M)
MESSAGE CENTER SETTINGS
(ONLY FOR FAX 1450MC/1550MC AND
MFC 1850MC/1950MC)
MESSAGE CENTER PRO SETTINGS (ONLY
FOR FAX 1450MC/1550MC AND MFC
1850MC/1950MC)
HOW TO USE THE COPY FUNCTION
PRINTING REPORTS AND LISTS
REGULAR MAINTENANCE AND
TROUBLESHOOTING
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
INDEX
SPECIFICATIONS

[Only

tbr MFC

1550MGi1950MC)

Thank You
For your Purchase
...

and look for a free Starter Pack
of Laser Plain Paper
inside your MFC Carton

Thank you for your purchase
Multi-Function
Center.

of the Brother

Plain

Paper

In order for you to begin using your new MFC, we have
provided you with a free starter package of high quality laser
plain paper (located inside the MFC Carton).
Your new plain paper MFC works with virtually any plain
paper, but we recommend a laser plain paper* for the best
results when using your MFC as a printer.

* laser plain paper is available at almost any, office supply store.

CONTENTS
.....................

Chapter

1.

oI. SETUP

& PREPARATION

BEFORE

FOR

YOUR

INFORMATION

USE

1-1

Common Misunderstandings about Fax Machines ...............................
1-I
What Are Fax Tones? ....................................................................
1-1
Why Does the Ring Change in F/T Mode? ...............................................
l- 1
What is the Fax "Handshake"? ..................................................
1-2
What Causes the Transmission Verification Report to Print
"Result: NG"? ......................................................................................
1-2
Is This a Fax Call? .....................................................................................
1-2
How Can I Send the Call to My Fax Machine? .........................................
1-3
What is the Difference Between Automatic and Manual Transmission?.. 1-3
What is the Difference Between Automatic and Manual Dialing? ........... 1-3
What Should I Do If My Fax Machine Does Not Have a Dial Tone? ...... 1-3
Choosing a Suitable Place for Your Fax Machine ...........................................
1-4
The Good Places ........................................................................................
1-4
And the Bad Places ....................................................................................
1-4
Packing List ....................................................................................................
1-5
Setting up Your Fax Machine ..........................................................................
1-6
• Roll Over Phone Lines ..............................................................................
1-9
• Two Line Phone System ............................................................................
1-9
• Converting Telephone Wall Outlets ........................................................
1-10
• Installing a Fax Machine, Two Line TAD and Two Line Telephone ..... 1-10
• Multi Line Connections (PBXs) ..............................................................
l-I 1
• Connecting to a Private Branch Exchange ..............................................
1-11
• Custom Features on Your Phone Line .....................................................
I-11

Chapter

2.

•:- THE CONTROL

PANEL KEYS

2-1

TELEPHONE AREA ......................................................................................
ONE-TOUCH AREA ......................................................................................
FUNCTION AND USER SETTING AREA ...................................................
MESSAGE CENTER AREA ..........................................................................

Chapter

3.

.:. HOW TO USE ON-SCREEN
HELP

PROGRAMMING

(OSP) AND

KEY

3-1

User-friendly Programming .......................................................................
On-screen Programming (OSP) ......................................................................
Using the Function Mode to A_cess On-screen Programming (OSP) .............
Alternating Displays for On-screen Programming (OSP) ...............................
Function Selection Table ...............................................................................
Help Key ..........................................................................................................
How to Print a Help List ..................................................................................
How to Enter Text in Function Mode ..............................................................
How to Enter Special Characters, Symbols and Punctuation Marks in
Function Mode ...............................................................................................

Chapter

4.

.:. TELEPHONE

2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5

FUNCTION

SETTINGS

Setting the Dialing Mode (Tone/Pulse) .........................................................
Setting the Beeper Sound Level ......................................................................
Setting the Date and Time ..............................................................................
Setting the Station ID .......................................................................................
Storing One-Touch Dial Numbers ...................................................................

3- l
3-l
3- I
3-2
3-2
3-9
3-9
3-9
3-lO

4-1
4-I
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4

CONTENTS

•

Type,

ol Numbel._

•

Chain

Dialing ..............................................

Storing

Speed-Dial

5.

4-6
4-8

•

Memory

......................................................................................

4-8

Groups .............................................................................

4-8

Storage

Up Number

-_. USING THE UNIT AS A TELEPHONE
Dialing

One-Touch

5-1

.........................................................................................

Dialing

5-1

......................................................................................

5-1

Speed Dialing ...................................................................................................
•
Using HOLD, PAUSE, # with the Telephone ........................................

5-1
5-1

•

5-1

On Hook Dialing

Searching

6.

4-6

..........................................................

When You Wish to Change the Stored One-Touch
and Speed-Dial
Numbers (During Step 4 on Page 4-4, 7) ..............................................

Manual

Chapter

Numbers

4-6

•

Setting

Chapter

........................

.......................................................................................

the Telephone

o;. SENDING

Index ........................................................................

5-2

FAXES

6-1

A) DOCUMENT
BASICS ..............................................................................
The Size of Your Documents
.......................................................................
How to Insert
The Auto

the Document

Document

Getting Ready
SETTING
SETTING
B)

BASIC
•
•

C)

......................................................................

6-1

(ADF)

6-2

..........................................................

to Send a Fax .....................................................................
THE RESOLUTION
.........................................................
THE CONTRAST
.............................................................

FAX TRANSMISSIONS

Sending
Talking

Sending

Feeder

6-1

6-2
6-2
6-3

..............................................................

6-4

a Fax ......................................................................................
to the Other Party When Sending a Fax ................................

a Fax Automatically

6-4
6-4

....................................................................

6-4

Sending a Fax Manually ............................................................................
Automatic and Manual Re-dialing
............................................................

6-5
6-5

•
Optional
ADVANCED

6-5
6-6

Sending
•

Settings When You Send a Fax Manually
...........................
FAX TRANSMISSIONS
...................................................

a Fax by Using Super Quick-Scan

If You Get a MEMORY
a Fax by Using

FULL

Message

Super Quick-Scan

(Memory
When

Transmission)
Trying

....... 6-6

to Send

......................................................

6-6

•
Printing Page Headers .........................................................................
Delayed Transmission
...............................................................................

6-6
6-7

Setting

6-7

the Daily Timer

Broadcasting

(for Delayed

Transmissions)

...............................

..............................................................................................

6-8

•
Getting Familiar with the Broadcasting Function ...............................
Sending by Multi-Transmission
................................................................
Interrupting

the Timer and Polled

Job .....................................................

Canceling
a Job ........................................................................................
D) FAX TRANSMISSION
OPTIONS .........................................................
Setting

the Overseas

Mode ......................................................................

6-8
6-9
6- l0
6-11
6-12
6-12

6-13

Setting Your Fax MachineforMultipleResolution
Transmission
.........
Sending a Fax with an ElectronicCover Page Message ......................... 6-14
•

The Comments

Selection

on the Cover Page ..................................

Customizing
Your Cover Page Comment
...............................................
Printing the Cover Page ..........................................................................

6-14
6-15
6-15

CONTENTS

To Alwav,s Send at Co_ el Page ..............

6-16

•
Sending an Automatic Cover Page .............
Sending a Fax When the Cover Page ls ON ............

6-16
6-17

When Using

6-17

Sending

Chapter

7.

the Cover Page Temporarily

a Fax with Call Reservation

...............................................

................................................

6-18

•
Using the Call Reservation
Function ................................................
Pt lntmg the Call Back Message ...............................................................
ECM (Error Correction
Mode) ................................................................

6-19
6-19
6-20

Error Re-Transmission
Next-FAX
Reservation

6-20
6-21

•1. RECEIVING
A) BASIC

FAXES AND OTHER

SETUP

Selecting

TO RECEIVE

an Answer

Manual

Reception

Automatic

............................................................................
..........................................................................

FAXES

CALLS

7-1

.......................................................

Mode ........................................................................
(MANUAL

Fax Only

Reception

Mode)

7-1

.........................................

(AUTO

Mode)

7-2

.......................................

Setting the Ring Delay ..........................................................................
The F/T Switch (F/T Mode) .......................................................
Recording

an F/T Outgoing

(Only for FAX
Setting

Message

1450MC/1550MC

7-2
7-3

(OGM)

and MFC

1850MC/1950MC)

.............

the F/T Ring Time .........................................................................

Smoothing

7-2

7-4
7-5

..................................................................................................

7-5

Setting the Size of the Recording
Paper ....................................................
Printing a Reduced Size Copy of the Incoming Document .......................

7-6
7-7

Using Auto Reduction Ratios ..............................................................
Fixed Reduction
..................................................................................
•
Selecting the Ratios of Fixed Reduction
.............................................
Speaker Volume ........................................................................................
Ring Volume

.............................................................................................

•
Reception
into Memory/Out
of Paper Reception
..............................
B) REMOTE ACTIVATION
.......................................................................
What is Remote Activation?
....................................................................
•

Connecting

Using

Remote

an External
Codes

or Extension

Telephone

..............................

...............................................................................

Using the Activation

Code:

Using the Deactivation

...............................................................

Code:

...........................................................

Making the Remote Codes Easier to Use ................................................
Troubleshooting
.......................................................................................
Changing

7-7
7-7
7-8
7-9
7-9
7-10
7-11
7-11
7-11
7-11
7-12
7-12
7-12
7-12

and Registering
Remote Codes ...............................................
7-13
A TELEPHONE
ANSWERING
DEVICE (TAD) ....... 7-14

C_ CONNECTING

How to Use External

TAD with the Unit

(The TAD Mode for FAX
•

Connecting

Example
(Sequence
Hookup

an External

of the Sequence
of TAD Mode

1350M)

.......................................................

TAD to the Unit ..........................................
of External
for FAX

1350M)

............................................

....................................................................................................

Ringing

7-14

TAD Reception

Recording
the TAD's Outgoing
Message (OGM) ..................................
RINGING
......................................................................
D_ DISTINCTIVE
Distinctive

7-14

..................................................................................

7-15
7-15
7-15
7-16
7-16

CONTENTS

What Is Distinctive

Ringing?

Can My Fax Machine
Can I Change

.....................

Use Distinctive

the Setting

Later?

What is the Advantage
the Distinctive

•

While

•

Once

of Using

Ringing

You Are Setting

7-16

.....................................................

How Will the Fax Machine Treat All Other
How Does the Distinctive
Ringing Function
Setting

7-16

Ringing '_ ..........................

the Distinctive

Function

7-16

Distinctive
Ringing? ... 7-16
Work? ........................
7-16
Ringing

Function?

7-16

................................................

the Distinctive

7-17

Function:

...............

7-18

Ringing

Function:

7-18

How to Turn the Distinctive Ringing Function ON or OFF ....................
E) CALLER
ID ...........................................................................................
What is Caller ID? ...................................................................................

7-19
7-20
7-20

You Have Finished

Setting

Ringing

the Distinctive

Advantages
of Caller ID ..........................................................................
How Does the Caller ID Work? ..............................................................
The Caller

Chapter

8.

ID Appears

on the Display

When

7-20
7-20

Your Telephone

Rings ..................................................................................................

7-20

The Caller ID is Stored

7-21

in Your Machine's

Memory

........................

Scanning through a Caller ID from the Memory .....................................
•
Clearing the Caller ID Stored into Memory .....................................

7-21
7-21

Printing

7-22

the Caller ID List .......................................................................

.:- POLLING

8-1

•
•

What Is Polling? ........................................................................................
How Does It Work? ...................................................................................

8-1
8-1

•

When

8-1

Polling

to Use Polling?

Another

................................................................................

Fax Machine

.........................................................

8-2

Setting up Polled Waiting (Being Called) ......................................................
Secure Polling ..................................................................................................

8-2
8-3

Polling

Another

8-3

Setting

up Polled

Brother

(Calling)

Fax Machine

Waiting

with Secure

with Secure
Polling

Code (Calling)

(Being Called)

................

.......................

8-4

Delayed Polling ................................................................................................
Setting up Polled Waiting with Super Quick-Scan
..........................................
Sequential

Chapter

9.

I0.

...........................................................................................

8-6

.:. PASSWORD

9-1

•

What Is Password?

•
•

How Does the Password Work? ................................................................
When to Use Password Plus? ..................................................................

Sending
Receive

Chapter

Polling

8-5
8-5

....................................................................................

9-1
9-1
9-1

Faxes with a Password .......................................................................
Password ............................................................................................

.:. REMOTE

FAX OPTIONS

(ONLY

FOR

FAX

9-1
9-2

1350M)

10-1

Setting the Fax Storage ................................................................................
Paging/Fax Forwarding ..................................................................................
Setting Up Paging and Registering the Paging Number ................................
Setting Up Fax Forwarding and Registering the Fax Forwarding Number...
What Is Remote Control Access? ..................................................................

10-1
10-2
10-3
10-4
10-5

Setting the Remote Access Code ...................................................................
How to Use Remote Access and Control Codes ...........................................
Remote Retrieval ...........................................................................................

10-5
10-6
10-6
I

I

CONTENTS

•

When

to Pies,, the Remote

Remote

Control

Printing

a Fax Message

Retrieving
Changing

Chapter

11.

Commands

Accc_,, Code

the Fax Forwarding

Number

Remotely

STARTED

.................

........................................

Center

Mode?

What Do I Want the Message
Sequence

MFC 1850MC/1950MC)

11-1

of an Incoming

to Do?

11-1

..........................................

11-3

The 3 Basic Steps to Turn the Message Center Mode On .......................
Setting the Message Storage ....................................................................

1-7
1-7

Recording

the MSG CTR Outgoing

1-8

Activating

the Message

GETTING

YOUR

Center

Message

Mode

MESSAGES

(MSG CTR OGM)

..........

.....................................................

..............................................................

Have Been Received?

...............................

1-9
1-9
1-9

...................................................................................

11-10

Back-up

Option

11-10

Printing

........................................................................

Printing a Fax Message ..........................................................................
•
Erasing and Printing FAX Messages
..............................................

11-11
11-11

Calling

11-11

Your Message

ERASING

YOUR

Center

for Messages

MESSAGES

One by One Erasing

(See Remote

Retrieval)...

............................................................

11-12

Messages, Fax Messages and Recorded
........................................................................

11-12

.......................................................................

All in One Erasing ...........................................................................
D) CHANGE THE OUTGOING
MESSAGE
............................................
Playing
Erasing

Your Outgoing
Your Outgoing

MORE

FEATURES

Setting

the Toll Saver

Message
Message

(OGM) ..............................................
(OGM) ..............................................

11-12
11-12
11-13
11-13
11-13

..............................................................................

11-14

............................................................................

11-14

Setting the Maximum
Time for Incoming Messages
(ICM MAX. TIME) ...............................................................................

11-14

Changing
Recording

the Recording Mode Setting (Voice Quality) .......................
a Conversation
.....................................................................

11-15
11 - 15

Recording

a Memo

11-16

PAGING/FAX

................................................................................

FORWARDING

...........................................................

What is Paging/Fax
Forwarding?
.........................................................
Setting Up Paging (Registering
Paging Number) ..................................
Setting
•
G)

1-9

(or Voice Alarm)

Erasing Incoming Voice
Memo (or Voice Alarm)

F)

11-2

Call ................................................

•
What Happens When the Memory Is Full ........................................
Playing an Incoming Voice Message (ICM) and Recorded Memo

E)

11-1

........................................................

Center

How Will I Know Messages

C)

10-8
10-8

............................................................................

What Is the Message

B)

I0-'7

Remotely

CENTER MODE SETTINGS

GETTING

Flowchart

10-'7

Status List and Fax Messages

(ONLY FOR FAX 1450MC/1550MC,
A)

10-6

.......................................................................

the Memory

.:- MESSAGE

......

............................................

Up Fax Forwarding

Memory

Changing
REMOTE

Back-up

Fax Forwarding

.... 11-19
11-19
11-19
11-19

Control

Access?

Access

Memory

Number)

the Fax Forwarding Number Remotely
................................
RETRIEVAL
........................................................................

the Remote

Center

11-16
11-17

...............................

What Is Remote
Setting

(Registering

of Message

11-16

..........................................................

11-19

Code ...........................................................

11-20

CONTENTS

U,,mg the Re/note Acce,,,, Code .............
Remote Control Conunands
.....................................
Retrieving

the Memory

Status

11-21
11-22

List and Fax Messages

Remotely

......... 11-23

Changing the Fax Forwarding
Number Remotely
................................
H) VOICE ALARM ....................................................................................
Voice Alarm ..........................................................................................
Setting

the Voice

Alarm

.......................................................................

•
Recording
Voice Messages for the Voice Alarm ............................
How Will the Voice Alarm Perform When the Set Time Comes ........
Using the Voice
Erasing
Remote

Chapter

12.

Alarm'

Playing

Entries,

Erasing

Entries

11-24
11-24
11-25
11-26

One by One,

All at Once ................................................................................
Control of the Voice Alarm ......................................................

°:*MESSAGE

11-23
11-24

11-27
11-27

CENTER PRO SETTINGS

(ONLY FOR FAX 1450MC/1550MC,
MFC 1850MC/1950MC)
12-1
A) GETTING STARTED ..........................................................................
12-1
What is Message Center Pro? ...............................................................
12-1
What Fax-on-Demand and Voice-on-Demand Do .................................. 12-1
• Application Examples of Fax-on-Demand/Voice-on-Demand
Features .............................................................................................
12-2
What the Personal Mailbox Does ............................................................
12-2
• Application Examples of Personal Madbox ......................................
12-3
How the Caller Accesses the Fax-on-Demand, Voice-on-Demand
Memory Boxes or Personal Mailboxes ...................................................
12-4
B) SETTING UP THE FAX/VOICE-ON-DEMAND
................................
12-5
•
* 1st Level OGM: (Message Center Pro Outgoing Message) ........... 12-6
• ** 2nd Level OGM: (Fax-on-Demand, Voice-on-Demand,
Mailbox Outgoing Message) ............................................................
12-6
•
Access to the Target Memory Box: ...................................................
12-6
Setting up Step la: For Fax-on-Demand ................................................
12-7
Storing/Erasing/Printing Fax Information in a Memory Box ........... 12-7
Setting up Step 1b: For Voice-on-Demand ...........................................
12-10
Recording!Erasing/Playing Voice Information in a Memory Box .. 12-10
C) SETTING UP THE PERSONAL MAILBOX ...................................... 12-12
Setting up Step lc: For Personal Mailbox .............................................
12-12
A Password and Recording a Personal Mailbox OGM for the
Mailbox ..........................................................................................
12-12
Setting up Step 2: Recording!Erasing/Playing
the 2nd Level OGM
for each Fax-on-Demand, Voice-on-Demand, and Personal Mailbox .. 12-13
Recording an OGM .........................................................................
12-13
Erasing an OGM ..............................................................................
12-14
Playing an OGM .............................................................................
12-15
Setting up Step3: Recording/Erasing/Playing
the Ist Level OGM
(Message Center Pro OGM) .................................................................
12-16
Recording the Message Center Pro OGM ....................................... 12-16
Erasing the Message Center Pro OGM ...........................................
12-17
Playing the Message Center Pro OGM ...........................................
12-17
Setting up Step 4: Turning on the Message Center Pro ......................... 12-18
D) LISTENING TO ICMs (Incoming Messages) ......................................
12-18

CONTENTS

L,,temng to the ICMs m the Personal Madboxe_
....
Retrieving the ]CMs (Incoming Messages) m the Personal Mailbox
Remotely ..................................................................................
Recording a Memo in Personal Mailbox on the Machine .....................
Erasing ICMs (Incoming Messages) from the Personal Mailboxes ......
Erasing Voice ICMs One by One ....................................................
Erasing All of the Fax/Voice ICMs at One Time ...........................

Chapter

13.

.:. HOW

TO USE THE

COPY

FUNCTION

Making a Single Copies ...............................................................................
Making Multiple Copies ................................................................................
•
What to Do When You Get a"MEMORY FULL" Message while
Making Copies .......................................................................................
Making Reduced and Enlarged Copies ..........................................................

Chapter

I4.

.:. PRINTING

REPORTS

AND LISTS

Activity Report Interval .................................................................................
Printing the All Dial List ...............................................................................
Transmission Verification (Xmit) Report ......................................................
Memory Status List ........................................................................................

Chapter

15.

.:. REGULAR

MAINTENANCE

16.

•:o IMPORTANT

INFORMATION

12-19
12-20
12-21
12-21
12-22
13-1
13-l
13-2
13-2
13-3
14-1
14-2
14-3
14-4
14-6

AND TROUBLESHOOTING15-1

Regular Maintenance ............................................................................
Paper Jams .....................................................................................................
Fixing a Document Jam ........................................................................
Fixing a Recording Paper Jam .................................................................
Optional Memory Board ................................................................................
Troubleshooting .............................................................................................
Error Messages ........................................................................................
Other Problems ........................................................................................

Chapter

12-IS

15-1
15-2
15-2
15-2
15-3
15-4
15-4
15-5
16-1

Standard Telephone and FCC Notices (Applies only to 120V model) .......... 16-l
Important Safety Instructions .........................................................................
16-3

Chapter

17.

•:oINDEX

17-1

Chapter

18.

o:oSPECIFICATIONS

18-1

How

to Use

This

Owner's

Manual

Thank you for purchasing
a Brother fax machine. This thx machine has been designed
to be simple to use, but you can utilize it to its fullest potential
by taking some time to
read this owner's manual. You will be ready to use the fax machine as soon as you read
the first four chapters.
Then you can refer to topics in the remaining
chapters,
as
needed.
Structure

of the Manual

•

Chapters
1-4
How to set up the fax machine

•

Chapters
5-7
Basic operations,

•

Chapters
Advanced

how to send and receive

8-12
operations

•

Chapter
13
How to copy.

•

Chapter
14
How to print reports

•

Chapters
Important

Finding

• Use the table
easily.

and receiving

faxes.

of contents.

Manual

This side of the manual

is a key on the fax machine

• If you have trouble,
• Use the chapter

Sheet

faxes.

and lists.

in the Owner's

• To find information
chapter
3.

Test

for sending

you use it.

15-19
Information.

Information

• If there
2.

and what you need to know before

about

a function,

refer to chapter

is coded so you can find topics

you are not familiar
refer to the "Function

with, refer to chapter
Selection

Table"

in

15 on troubleshooting.

17 index.

Procedure

Please fill out the TEST SHEET and fax it to 1-908-469-4547
(USA), 1-514-685-0702
(CANADA)
as your first transmission.
This will verify that your fax machine
is
properly installed.
When this document is received at Brother Diagnostic Center, a confirmation
sheet will
be sent back to your machine from Brother Automatic
Fax Back Response System (USA
only). Be sure to set up your "Station ID". (See page 4-3.)
USA
FAX NO.
TEL NO.
CANADA
FAX NO.
TEL NO.

1-908-469-4547
1-800-284-4FAX
1-800-284-4329
1-514-685-0702
1-800-853-6660

(Fax Transmission
Only)
(Voice Phone Only)

SETUP& PREPARATION BEFORE USE
I. SETUP & PREPARATION BEFORE USE H
Common

Misunderstandings

about

Fax

,,I

_. ,

............
].Un Ir

Machines

This section is for people who are using a fax machine for the first time. Its purpose is tO take away
the mystery. Once you understand
the meaning of the new tones you will be hearing on your phone
line, you will be able to send and receive faxes with ease. This will help you troubleshoot
an
occasional
problem with a fax transmission,
by listening
through
your one-way speaker
to
discover the problem.

What Are Fax Tones?
First the sending
machine
sends CNG tones,
soft intermittent
beeps at 4 second
intervals.
You will hear then] when you dial and press the START key. CNG stands for "calling"
tones. They continue for 30 seconds after dialing: during that time the sending machine must
begin the "handshake"
with the receiving machine. Each time you send an "automatic"
fax
transmission, you are sending calling tones over the phone line. Learn to listen for these soft beeps
each time you answer a phone on your fax line so you will know if you are receiving a fax message.
Then the receiving
machine
responds
with fax receiving
tones, loud chirping
sounds.
When a machine begins the receiving mode cycle, it will chirp for 40 seconds over the phone line.
At the same time, the fax machine's display screen will say "receiving". If you set your machine
to AUTO answer mode for a dedicated fax line, it will answer every call automatically
with fax
receiving tones. Sometimes people will call your fax line by mistake and hang up when they hear
the shrill chirping sounds. Your machine is not malfunctioning
when it continues
to say
"receiving"; it must complete its 40 second cycle, even though the call was not a fax message and
the caller hung up. To take your machine out of receiving mode, press the STOP key.
The fax machine
answers
with a short beep when it answers in F/T or Message Center mode.
This can not be changed. After the beep the fax machine listens for CNG tones. When it hears CNG
tones, it responds with receiving tones.

Why Does the Ring

Change

in FIT Mode?

When a double-ring
(short, short) occurs after the normal
long rings in the Fax/Tel
Switch (Ffr mode), it means your fax machine
is telling you to take over a call. The fax
machine has answered either a telephone call or a manual fax (no calling tones). When you hear
the double-ring,
pick up any extension
phone
or the handset
of your fax machine.

'it'":.

1-1

,'. SETUP& PREPARATION BEFORE USE

What

,-

is the Fax "Handshake"?

The calling machine sends CNG tones (beeps) and the receiving machine sends receiving tones
(chirps). During the handshake
these tones must overlap for 2-4 seconds so the fax machines can
set up protocol. The sending machine states how it is sending the message; the receiving machine
answers whether it is capable of receiving that way. The sending machine's CNG tones continue
for only 30 seconds after the number is dialed. Calls must be answered
within 4 rings (20-22
seconds) or less, because the handshake
can not begin until the call is answered.
With 4 rings,
only 8-10 seconds are left for the fax machines
to hear their tones clearly and communicate.
Timing
is crucial.
When you have a telephone answering
device (TAD) on your fax line, you can set the TAD to
answer in 4 rings as long as you record a 5 second silence as the beginning of your OGM (outgoing
message) (see page 7-14 for more information.).
This will prevent the OGM from covering up the
fax tones during the 8 seconds that are left for the handshake.
As soon as your TAD answers a
call, your fax machine will listen for fax tones for 30 seconds. So you must limit your speaking to
20 seconds (25 second total OGM). Since many people dial manually without realizing they are
not sending fax tones, you should give your Remote Activation Code (_<51) as the last part of your
20 second Message. For example: "After the beep, either leave a message or send a fax by pressing
_<51." (See page 7-11 for more information.)

What

Causes

the Transmission

Verification

Report

to Print

"Result:

NG"?

During the handshake,
the document(s) you are sending begin to roll through the feeder and stop
until the handshake
is completed and the machines are ready to send and receive the data. If there
is noise or static on the phone line or if the machines do not agree on protocol, they drop their baud
rate to the next lower level and try again. The initial baud rate is 14400, then 12000, 9600, 7200,
4800 and finally 2400. (The Fax 1350M begins at 9600 baud.) Transmissions
as low as 2400 baud
can be successful.
So, do not stop your machine.
If the transmission
fails, a Transmission
Verification
Report will be printed automatically
with "Result: NG". This usually means the
transmission
was "No Good" because of temporary
noise or static on the phone line. Try to send
the fax again. Also, you may try sending a fax to other locations to see if the problem is on the phone
line at your end.

Is This a Fax Call?
There are three signs that the call you answered is a fax. You will hear either soft intermittent
beeps (Automatic
transmission),
silence (Manual transmission)
or the voice of someone telling
you he or she is trying to send you a fax (Manual transmission).
Do not hang up the handset.
It is very frustrating
for the person who hears you repeatedly
answer and hang up. People who
dial manually
are waiting to hear fax tones before pressing
START. You must activate your fax
machine to take over the call before you disconnect the line by replacing
the handset.

nl town

.....

! ? I!rl ......

::':............

::7_

SETUP & PREPARATION BEFORE USE

How

Can

I Send

the

Call

to My Fax

Machine?

When you answer a call that is a fax transmission,
you must activate your fax machine to go into
fax receiving tones (chirping) before you hang up. If you have answered the fax handset, press the
START key and hang up immediately.
If you are on another phone, there is no START key so you
must press your three-digit
Remote Activation Code. The factory default setting is $51. Press the
code quickly
and wait to hear your fax machine chirp through the handset. It takes 3 seconds for
the fax to respond. You can press the code as many times as needed.

What is the Difference

Between

Automatic

and Manual

Transmission?

Automatic
transmission
is the easiest way to send a fax. Simply place the document(s)
face
down in the feeder, dial the phone number and press the START key immediately.
Do not pick
up the handset
or press the HOOK key. Calling tones will go over the phone line.
Manual transmission
occurs when you start with a dial tone before you dial, by lifting the
handset or pressing the HOOK key. You will hear the rings on the phone line. You must wait to
hear the receiving machine answer with a chirp before you press the START key. If you wait too
long to press START without a document in the feeder, your fax machine will go into receiving mode
instead of sending and you will see "receiving" on the screen.

What

is the Difference

Between

Automatic

and Manual

Dialing?

Automatic
dialing
is when you dial by pressing the keys where you stored a number. Your fax
machine stores two kinds of automatic
dialing numbers: One-Touch
and Speed-Dial.
Reserve
your most frequently
dialed numbers (and Groups) for your One-Touch keys; all you have to do is
press the One-Touch key followed by the START key (2 key strokes). To use a Speed-Dial
number,
press the Speed-Dial
key and the two-digit code you used to store the number, followed by the
START key (4 key strokes). You can dial automatically
using One-Touch and Speed-Dial numbers
for both automatic
and manual transmissions.
Manual dialing
is simply pressing all the digits of the phone number.
both automatic
and manual transmissions.

What Should

I Do If My Fax Machine

Does Not Have

You can dial manually

a Dial

for

Tone?

There are three jacks in the back of the fax machine: LINE, EXT and PC I/F. Double-check
that
the telephone
line cord is plugged into the LINE jack and not into EXT or PC I/F. (Plugging the
telephone line cord into the EXT or PC I/F jack is the most common cause of no dial tone.)
If the telephone line cord is plugged into the LINE jack of the fax machine and you do not get a dial
tone, test the phone line. Go to another phone and check for a dial tone; then bring that working
telephone and line cord and plug them into the wall jack for your fax machine. If you do not get a
dial tone with the working phone, the problem is the phone line. Call the Telephone Company and
report the problem.

1-3

SETUP& PREPARATIONBEFOREUSE
Choosing

a Suitable

Use the following

The Good

for Your

list as a guide to find a suitable

Fax Machine
place for your fax machine.

Places...

Place your fax machine
Select

Place

a place that

on a flat, level and stable

is free of vibration

surface,

such as a desk.

and shocks.

The mains plug on this equipment
must be used to disconnect mains power.
Please ensure that the socket outlet is installed near the equipment
and shall be easily accessible.

And

the Bad

Places...

Avoid setting

it up in a high-traffic

Avoid setting

up the machine

Do not select a place that
or dust.

area.

near heaters,

exposes

air conditioners,

your fax machine

to direct

water,
sunlight,

chemicals,

or refrigerators.

excessive

heat, moisture,

Do not connect your fax machine to electrical outlets controlled by wall switches
timers. Disruption
of power can wipe out information
in the unit's memory.

or automatic

Do not connect your fax machine to electrical outlets on the same circuit
other equipment
that might disturb the power supply.

as large

appliances

Avoid interference

phones.

1-4

sources,

such as speakers

or the base units of cordless

or

SETUP & PREPARATION BEFORE USE

Packing
Please

List

check to see that

you have the following

items:
*...(Only

for MFC 1850MC/1950MC)

Telephone line cord
Telephone
handset

Handset curled cord
"'_l_,_
F-__

Document

_

wire extension

A
Starter Cartridge
(95 pages)

Documentwlre
___

_

_

extenS__wner__"

/
Plain Paper*

Paper cassette

_S

_
.232Missing_Link

disks*

guide

guide

Quick setup

Quick reference

Missing Link Manual*
G_==__

Remote access card

Missing Link Box*

x_¢,_ • l' th_lO.li

teleplltmt:

_lUl'lllg

',_ ll'la_

Never install telephone jacks
designed for wet locations.

,l Jightnl_g

in wet locations

",hJl m

unles_

Never touch uninsulated
telephone wires or terminals
has been disconnected
at the network interface.
Use caution

when installing

or modifying

telephone

tim jack

unless

to report

a gas leak in the vicinity

For PLUGGABLE
EQUIPMENT,
the socket-outlet
equipment
and should be easily accessible.

_pu, clilcadl

the telephone

3

line

lines.

- Avoid using a telephone (other than a cordless type) during
There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning.
Do not use the telephone

i_

should

an electrical

storm.

of the leak.
be installed

near

the

1-5

SETUP & PREPARATION BEFORE USE

Setting

up Your

Follow these
1. Attach

steps

Fax Machine

to set up your fax machine:

the wire

extensions.
Document
wire extension A

,<.ooo_
\ Document wire extension B

2. Install
the printing
tridge.
1) Open the top cover.

car-

Top cover

2) Lift the two blue release
levers.
The print head will pop up.

Print Head

3) Ifa used cartridge
is still in
the machine, take it out.
4) Tighten Ribbon in Cartridge
carefully.

5) Carefully install a new cartridge inserting the marked
side first.
Make sure that the four cartridge gears rest in the white
gear holders.

-Gear
-Gear Holder
II

1-6

........'_-

SETUP & PREPARATION BEFORE USE

6) Push the print head down
slowly and completely.
Make sure it latches.
7) Close the top cover.
NOTE: The starter
cartridge prints only 95 pages.

3. Install
the Paper Cassette.
The paper cassette can hold about 200 sheets of paper
1) Raise the paper cassette slightly and pull it toward

2) Take

offthe

(201bs).
you to remove.

cover.

3) Push the paper plate down
until it locks into position.
Paper plate
Paper plate

4) Adjust the paper setting to
letter or legal position depending
upon the size you
are using. When you use
legal size paper, press the
button and pull the front
part of the cassette
toward
you.

Z

/
/

Letter
Position

/
Legal
Position

Ad usted
to Legal
Position

1-7

SETUP & PREPARATION BEFORE USE
5) Place

up to 200 sheets of
plain paper face down into
the cassette.

Maximum
height line

_-

Edge Tab

6) Place

the paper
in the
cassette.
Make sure the front right
and left corners of the paper
are under the edge tabs.
Do not place paper above
the maximum
height line,
or paper may jam.

the
7) Close
cassette.

cover

on

\

f

the

8) Slide the paper cassette
the fax machine

into
until it locks

Recording

paper

into place.

About

the

Recordzng

Please

use standard

copier paper

Width

:

216mm

Length

:

Letter/Legal/A4

Weight:

About

l'ap_,r...
tbr tim recording

pdpc_' as below

(8.5")
size

17 lb to 24 lb

the Cassette...

When you pull the paper cassette, it is necessary to push the paper plate down unnl
the cassette
"clicks" into position
before you re-install
the cassette
in the fax
machine. Otherwise
"PAPER EMPTY" will remain on the LCD display and you can
not re-install
the cassette. Also, please do not pull out or re-insert the cassette while
the machine is operating (for example, copying, transmitting
or receiving), or a paper
jam may occur.

4. Connect

1-8

the handset

and the curled

cord.

SETUP& PREPARATION BEFORE USE

5. Connect
the power cord.
When you connect the power,

the display

will show "01/01/1996

00:00".

2. Since the machine is grounded through the power outlet, you _,m i,__t_,__'L.,
,,L, _('ll
from potentially
hazardous
electrical
conditions
on the telephone
network by
keeping the power to your fax machine on when you connect it to a telephone line.
3. Lightning and Power Surges can damage this product! We recommend
that you
use a quality Surge Protection
Device on the AC power line as well as the
telephone
line or unplug the lines during a lightning
storm.
Wire extention

6. Connect

the telephone

line.

5o

Handset curled cord
/i

Telephone line cord

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
Roll

Over Phone

Lines

A roll over phone system is a group of two or more separate telephone lines that pass
incoming calls to each other if they are busy. The calls are usually passed down or
"rolled over" to the next available phone line in a preset order.
Your fax
number
on any of
received,

machine
can work in a roll over system as long as it is the last
in the sequence so the call can not roll away. Do not put the fax machine
the other numbers. When the other lines are busy and a second fax call is
the fax call is transferred to a line that does not have a fax machine.

Two Line Phone

System

A two line phone system is nothing more than two separate phone numbers on the same
wall outlet. The two phone numbers can be on separate jacks (RJll) or combined into
one jack (RJ14). Your fax machine must be plugged into an RJll jack. RJll and RJ14
jacks may be equal in size and appearance
and both may contain 4 wires (black, red,
green, yellow). To test the type ofjack, plug in a two line phone and see if it can access
both lines. If it can, you must separate the lines for your fax machine.
.

.

II

1-9

SETUP& PREPARATION BEFORE USE

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
Converting

Telephone

Wall

Outlets

There are three ways to convert to an RJ11 receptacle.
The first two ways may
require assistance
from the telephone company. You can change the wall outlet from
one RJ 14 jack to two RJ 11 jacks. Or, you can have an RJ 11 wall outlet installed and
slave or jump one of the phone numbers to it. The third way is the easiest. Buy a
triplex adapter.
You can plug a triplex adapter into an RJ14 wall outlet. It will separate the wires into
two separate RJll jacks (line 1, line 2) and a third RJ14 jack (lines 1 and 2). Plug the
fax machine into L2 of the triplex adapter.

RJ14

RJ11

RJ11

Trlplex
Installing

a Fax

Machine,

Two

RJI4

Adapter
Line

TAD

and

Two

Line

Telephone

When you are installing
a two line telephone answering
device (TAD) and a two line
telephone, your fax machine must be isolated on one line at both the wall jack and
at the TAD. The most common connection is to put the fax machine on line 2. The back
of the two line TAD must have two telephone jacks: one labeled L1 or L1 and L2 and
the other labeled L2. You will need at least three telephone line cords: the one that
came with your fax machine and two for your two line TAD. You will need a fourth
line cord if you add a two line telephone.
Place the two line TAD and two line telephone beside your fax machine. Plug one end
of the telephone line cord for your fax machine into the L2jack of the triplex adapter;
plug the other end into the LINE jack in the back of the fax machine. Plug one end
of the first telephone line cord for your TAD into the L1 jack of the triplex adapter;
plug the other end into the L1 or L1 and L2 jack in the back of the two line TAD. Plug
one end of the second telephone line cord for your TAD into the L2 jack in the back
of the two line TAD; plug the other end into the EXT jack in the back of the fax
machine. The two line TAD hookup is complete. It will answer both lines as usual.
You can keep two line telephones on other wall outlets as always. There are two ways
to add a two line telephone to the fax machine's wall outlet. Plug the telephone line
cord from the two line telephone
into the LI+L2 jack of the triplex adapter. If you
prefer, you can plug it into the TELE jack in the back of the two line TAD instead.
TrTplex

Adapter
Two

Line

Phone

I I
IIII
L_l L2

Two Line

LI

TAD

Fax Machine
IIIIHIIIIIII ......

1-10

SETUP & PREPARATION BEFORE USE

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
Multi

Line

Connections

(PBXs)

Most offices use a central telephone system. While it is often relatively
simple to
connect the machine to a key system or a PBX (private branch exchange), we suggest
that you contact the company that installed your telephone system and ask them to
connect the fax machine for you.
It is advisable
to have a separate
line for the fax machine. You can then leave the
machine in AUTO Answer Mode to receive faxes at any time of the day or night.
If the fax machine is to be connected to a multi-line
system, ask your installer
to
connect the unit to the last line on the system. This will prevent the unit from being
activated
each time a telephone call is received.
• As with all fax units this machine must be connected to a two wire system. If your
line has more than two wires, proper connection of the fax machine can not be
made.

Connecting

to a Private

Branch

Exchange

The following points should be kept in mind if you are installing
with a private branch exchange (PBX).

the machine

to work

1) It is not guaranteed
that the unit will operate correctly under all circumstances
with PBXs. Any cases of difficulty should be reported first to the company that
handles your PBX.
2) If all incoming calls will be answered
by a switchboard
operator,
it is recommended that the Answer Mode be set to be MANUAL. (See page 7-2.) All incoming
calls should initially be regarded as telephone calls.
3) The unit may be used with either
Custom

Features

on Your

the pulse or tone dialing

Phone

telephone

types.

Line

If you have Call Waiting, Ring Master, Voice Mail, an Answering Service, an Alarm
System, or any other custom feature on your telephone line, it may create a problem
in the operation of your fax machine.

1-11

THE CONTROL PANEL KEYS
2. THECONTROL PANELKEYS
FAX

1350M

I

(])FUNCTION
SETTING

1[J¢

_

l llll

,.,.,,FAx
,ssoM",i

_I

/_,,

USER

:2"_
h,,c
i

J

I

i

WL)W_ 3L23'. __-_-__-L_-_---c_---,>'c:::=_

t' ,:,E,_,,,,P,,_,SE
.-=k _

_

'1

_i

|

(_TELEPHONE

FAX 1550MC

l

I .........

J.

! 1', ©
t

_ .....
I- _o

AND
AREA

(FAX

I_

,SHIFT

_

AREA

1450MC

'--_'--_1

ST,,T

SET

CLEAR

_

@ONE-TOUCH

panel

keys

AREA

are

same

as 1550MC.)

(_ FUNCTION

AND

USER

/
J
@ONE-TOUCH

MFC

1950MC

(MFC

1850MC

panel

(DMESSAGE
PRO

'
I

-_
_

.OLO
/
}

I

SETTING

AREA

, _--_

I'. ......... EE_
_
A'% I I
IIi
0
(,._7_ 8(,.__)9L_9Jl I
S_EEO
O,A,
I

\/i o

@TELEPHONE

AREA

,

_

,

_

as 1950MC.)
AND

AREA

I

v U_E .

._____

I

I'r'--' _
_
r--" ,_i
I'_'c::_'_'_-_"_::31
;+----_-- "_-- "}-- _--

OONE-TOUCH

.....

tl

l

f-----_lJlI

L--J',/I

AREA
..........

2-1

USER

" _o:!!!
° °o;:

_

I(

same

_FUNCTION

SIX,N ONE

"'

are

CENTER

.....
--

keys

AREA

irl

THE CONTROL PANEL KEYS

•

TELEPHONE

AREA

(_ -'.Y:--

, _....

I

MFC 1850MC

1. Liquid

Crystal

Display

2. Number

The LCD displays messages that
will help you set up and operate
your fax machine.
(On-Screen
Programming)
(See page 3-1.)

Keys

dial phone and fax numbers (see
These
twelve
are be
usedusedto
page 5-1),
and keys
can also
as an alphanumeric
keyboard
fOr enteringinformation
into the

3. HOOK

x machine

(see page 3-9-10).

/

This key lets you dial telephone
and fax numbers without lifting
the handset. (See page 5-1.)

4. HOLD
You can use this key to put a call
on hold. (See page 5-1.)

I\ I:;0'::L

/ J..s0c,,

,.IL\,.----

s,x..o,..,=/
Facsimile
....

5. REDIAL/PA

USE
NWL.O

This key re-dials the last number
called. (See page 6-5.) This key is
also used to insert a pause in
autodial numbers.
(See page 4-5, 5-1.)

I --

REO_IAL/PAUSE I1_ _PRs

SPEED
DIAL
I'_"
_-

6. SPEED

___:

1

_ ruv

_

wxr

1_1_-_

_

1#"
_

VSHIFT

-

DIAL

This key lets you access previously stored
speed dial phone
numbers by entering a two digit
number. (See page 4-6, 5-1.)

2-2

THE CONTROL PANEL KEYS
0

ONE-TOUCH

o
o

j

AREA

ooo U/
000
000

,

.....

[--

,

MFC 1850MC

7. One-Touch

Dial

8. COPY

Keys

These 15 keys give you instant
access to previously
stored phone numbers.
(See
page 4-4, 5-1.)

Press this key to make a copy.
(See page 13-1.)

9. "_

10. STOP

(Left Arrow)*

This key stops a fax, cancels
an operation,
or exits from
function mode. (See page 3-2.)

This key moves the LCD cursor to the left. It also allows
you to back up one step when
you are in function mode (see
page 3-1) or Telephone Index
(see page 5-2).

COPY

11. SHIFT
\
This key is used to access',
the "16" through "30" OneTouch keys. (See page 4-4.)

12. SET*

13. START

This key is used for storing a
function setting into the fax
machine. (See page 3-2.)

Use this key to start an
operation, such as sending
a fax. (See page 6-5.)

/
/

14. CLEAR*

'\

15..,.'-

(Right Arrow)*

/

This key deletes entered
or backs up one step
function procedure.
(See page 3-2.)

data
in a

This key moves the LCD cursor to the
right, and it also lets you advance one
step when you are in function mode (see
page 3-1) or Telephone Index (see page 52).

* TheLeft andRightArrowkeys,SET andCLEARkeysare also sharedwith one-touchkeys.

2-3

THE CONTROL PANEL KEYS

•

FUNCTION

AND

I_o_oo0
_ _:='_'_

,_

o ooo

USER

SETTING

AREA

f---- qlll

_

_1/

.0___
_-

_--_F
185-_-_0
C
MC

16. FUNCTION

17. RESOLUTION

This key accesses
the function
and
programming
mode (OSP), so you can
alter various settings. (See page 3-1.)

This key is used to set the resolution
requirements
when sending
a fax.
(See page 6-2.)

18. TEL-INDEX

19. MODE

This key allows you to look up
numbers
stored
in the dialing
memory alphabetically.
(See page
5-2.)

I

This key is used to specify how
the fax machine should handle
incoming calls. (See page 7-1.)

ESO_UTIoFINE"_CD
TAD

C3
RECORD

o
ERASE

AUTO

_.OTO\ I-,_

FAX

S FINE

(_F/T

PLAY

CDOCD
LI_

'

,11.

S VOLUME

H

copy

I

z_-,,o_,
s_?_ _'_ ,_"'9_OUOE
_
00_¥-"
20.

SUPER

Q. SCAN

_

This key enables you to scan in your
originals at twice the normal speed,
by storing them in the memory before
actual transmission.
(See page 6-6.)
When it is pressed,
Broadcasting
is
available.
(See page 6-8.) When it is
pressed together with SHIFT, Multi
Transmission
is available. (See page
6-9.)

_

21.

HELP

_-_

Press this key whenever you want a quick
reference Help List printed. This Help List
will give you information
on how to perform
settings
for a function,
how to register
information,
or how to get some basic
infornmtion
for sending or receiving faxes.
(See page 3-8-9.)

22. ENLARGE/REDUCE
This key is used for copying with reduction or enlargement.
You can select one of the
following ratios: 150%, 125%, 120%, 100%, 93%, 87%, 75% and 50el. You can also use
the Auto Reduction function to have the machine automatically
calculate the reduction
ratio to fit to the size of your recording paper. (See page 13-3-4.)

2-4

THE CONTROL PANEL KEYS
0 MESSAGE

CENTER

7,.,',,. _
I _

AREA

._ ;;J

m_,._=_

tl ° ooo
o OOCD

o_

MFC 1850MC

23. TAD

and

Indicator

FAX
Lights

These lights tell you whether voice or
document messages are stored in the
memory. (See page 11-9.)

,o

1
,

I CZ)

RIIP_SUP
FUNCTION
TEL-IN _

(_.S'C_
-

C::D

C

C_

:-D

ENLARGE
/REDUCE

CZ_

24. RECORD

26. PLAY

Use this key to record outgoing
voice messages, memo and voice
alarm messages
into your fax
machine. You can also record

Use this key to listen to incoming
voice messages,
outgoing
voice
messages,
memos and voice alarm
messages
stored
in your
fax
machine. You can also play the voice
messages and information
or print
the fax messages
and information
stored
for the Message
Center
features.
(See page 11-10,13, 12-9,
11, 15, 17, 19, 21.)

voice or fax messages
and
information
stored
for the
Message
Center Pro features.
(See page 11-16, 25,12-8,13,14.)

25. ERASE
This key erases voice or fax messages stored
in your fax machine. You can also erase
voice or fax messages
and information
stored
for the Message
Center
Pro
features.(See
page 11-12, 13, 27, 12-9, 11,
14, 15, 22.)

2-5

HELP

1

CZD

HOW TO USE ON-SCREEN PROGRAMMING

AND HELP KEY

3. HOW TOUSEON-SCREENPROGRAMMING(OSP)AND HELPKEY
User-friendly

Programming

We have designed your fax machine with on-screen programming
and a HELP key, user-fi'mndly
programming
that helps you take full advantage of all the functions your fax machine has to offer.

On-screen

Programming

(OSP)

Since your fax programming
is done on the LCD, we created step-by-step
on-screen prompt
messages
to help you program your fax machine.
All you need to do is follow the prompt
instructions
as they guide you through the function menu selections and programming
options
and settings.

Using

the Function

Mode

to Access

On-screen

You can access the function nmde by pressing
FUNCTION
Setting Area of your fax Control Panel. (See page 2-4.)

Programming
found

in the Function

(OSP)
and User

When you enter function mode, your fax machine will display a list of Level One Functions
choose from (see pages 3-2 through 3-7 for these Level One Functions),
as seen below.
Press

[ ENTER
[

to

FUNCTION

NO.

&

SET

)
)

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

( Z.CANCEL
JOB
( 3.PRINT
( 4.SET

REPORTS
AUTO

)

DIAL

)

Left arrow
sequence

( 5.USER

OPTIONS

,)

Right arrow or
auto scroll
sequence

( 6.TEL

OPTIONS

)

( 7.SETUP

SYSTEM

( 8.SETUP

MSG

( 9.SETUP

MC

CTR
PRO

(O.INTERRUPT
I111 IIIHI

HI!!

)

,)
[

I

!l

(Only for FAX 1450MC/
1550MC and MFC 1850MC/
1950MC, FAX 1350M is
"8.REMOTE FAX OPT and
has not function

9.')

[]H[l[llllg

3-1

HOW TO USE ON-SCREEN PROGRAMMING

AND HELP KEY

i
t

These function options will appear one after the other on the display. You can then choose one of
these options by pressing SET when the option you want appears on the LCD.
You can also move through the function menu options at a faster rate by pressing
_
(right
arrow). (See page 2-3 to locate this key on your Control Panel.) When you find the option you want,
press SET.
You can simply press the Level One Function
3-2 through 3-7).

Helpful
Hints

Alternating

((

If you want to exit function

and wish to return

Displays

for On-screen

)

Function

<- -> &

Selection

SET

)

associated

mode,

wrong menu,

SPEAKER:HIGH
ALTERNATE
(SELECT

number

simply

with each option (refer to pages

press STOP.

to the previous

Also, if you select the

step, press

Programming

CLEAR.

(OSP)

When you see alternating
displays, the LCD will
usually alternate
between the currently
selected
option, and a help message giving brief instructions on how to proceed. The example shows the
current speaker volume is high and prompts you
to use -_, (left arrow) and _
(right arrow) to
change the setting, and then to press SET to store
it.

Table

If you have a basic understanding
of how to program a fax machine, you can perform most of the
programming
settings
without the owner's manual.
To help you understand
the function
selections,
options, and settings that are found in your fax programs,
we have the following
Function Selection Table.
Read through this table to gain a basic understanding
of what your new fax nmdel can do, and
then the next section will begin instructing
you how to use on-screen programming.

Level one
function

Level two
function
1.TIMER

1. TEMP.

2. POLLING
(TEMPORARY)
SETTINGS

3. CALL RESERVE

Factory
setting

Explanation of Options
Use this for sending
time.

documents

at a later

Polling is the process of retrieving
faxes
from another machine. You can also choose
whether you want your polling secured.
STANDARD/SECURE
You can send a fax and then
recipient
using
the CALL
function.
ON/OFF

Page

talk to the
RESERVE

6-7

STANDARD

8-1-6

OFF

6-18~19

....

3-2

:::::'2-

HOW TO USE ON-SCREEN PROGRAMMING

Level one
function

Level two
function

4. CONTRAST

1. TEMP.
5. RESOLUTION
(TEMPORARY)
SETTINGS

Explanation of Options

Factory
setting

Page

There are three types of contrast settings.
Usually the AUTO setting is acceptable. But
if you want to send or copy an especially light
or dark document,
you should change this
setting.
AUTO: Default is AUTO. Contrast
setting
always reverts to AUTO after one
transmission.
S. LIGHT: To send very light documents.
S. DARK:
To send very dark documents.

AUTO

6-3

If you need to send a set of originals
at
various resolutions,
this function will allow
you to set the required
resolution
page by
page. (If all documents
are the same
resolution,
use the RESOLUTION
key. See
page 2-4 #17.)
STANDARD/FINE/S.
FINE/PHOTO

STANDARD

6-13

OFF

6-12

OFF

6-17~18

6. OVERSEAS
MODE

If you have trouble when sending
you may want to set OVERSEAS
ON.
ON/OFF

7. COVERPAGE

An automatic
Cover Page will allow you to
send details of who the fax is going to, who it
is from and when it was sent.
ON/OFF

8. PASSWORDTX You can send a fax with a four-digit

overseas,
MODE to

9-1

password.

If you wish to cancel a job that has been set
with the timer, a polled job etc., use this
function.

2. CANCEL
JOB

3. PRINT
REPORTS

AND HELP KEY

/
/

6-11

Seepage 14-1for
a hstof reports.

You can print several different
lists and
reports, which are available under function
item 3. PRINT REPORTS.

1.ONE-TOUCH
DIAL

If you register names and numbers on OneTouch dial keys, you can dial a number
automatically
just by pressing a One-Touch
key. (Max. of 30 locations)

4-4~5

2. SPEED-DIAL

If you register names and numbers as SpeedDial numbers,
you can dial a number
automatically
just by pressing SPEED DIAL
and a two-digit number. (Max. of 60 locations
for FAX 1350M/1450MC/MFC
1850MC and
100 locations
for FAX 1550MC/MFC
1950MC)

4-6-7

4. SETAUTO
DIAL

14-1~6

3-3

HOW TO USE ON-SCREEN PROGRAMMING

Level one
function
4. SETAUTO
DIAL

Level two
function

3-4

Explanation of Options

Factory
setting

Page

3. SETUP
GROUPS

This is used for setting
used for broadcasting.

1. SMOOTHING

Smoothing enhances
the appearance
of incoming faxes.
If you set SMOOTHING
to ON, you will
receive
messages
with the smoothing
enhancement.
ON/OFF

ON

7-5

2. BEEPER

You can adjust the volume of the beeper with
this function.
OFF/LOW/HIGH

LOW

4-1-2

3. COVERPG
ON/OFF

If you set COVERPAGE
to ON, you can send
your documents with a Cover Page generated
by your machine. When the COVERPAGE
setting is ON, you can select a Cover Page
comment.
ON/OFF

OFF

6-16

4. ERRORRE-TX

If you set ERROR RE-TRANSMISSION
ON, the machine automatically
resends
page once an error occurs.
ON/OFF

OFF

6-20

5. REDUCTION

You can avoid having an incoming fax on
separate pages by printing a reduced copy of
the incoming
document.
The reduction
methods are AUTO or Fixed ratio:
AUTO/100%/93%/87%/75%

AUTO

7-7-8

6. RCDPAPER

You can select one of 3 sizes of recording
paper. The machine automatically
will adjust
the size of the incoming document or original
document
so that it fits the paper size you
have selected.
LETTER_EGAL/A4

LETTER

7-6

1. TONE/PULSE

There are two different dial types and you
must select the type of signal suitable
for
your telephone line.
TONE/PULSE

TONE

4-1

2. RINGDELAY

This is the number of rings before the fax
machine answers
the call when in F/T or
AUTO Answer Mode.
0/1/2/3/4 rings

3. SPEAKER
VOLUME

You can adjust the speaker
function.
OFF/LOW/HIGH

5. USER
OPTIONS

6. TEL
OPTIONS

AND HELP KEY

up a group

volume

number

to
the

4-8~9

7-2

with this
LOW

7-9

HOW TO USE ON-SCREEN PROGRAMMING

Level one
function

Level two
function

Explanation of Options

AND HELP KEY

Factory
setting

Page

20

7-5

4. F/'TRING
TIME

Ffr RING TIME sets the time for sinmlated
ringing in F/T mode.
10/20/30/60 seconds

5. RING VOLUME

The settings

6. DISTINCTIVE

If you have distinctive ringing service from
your phone company,
you can use this
function to register
the ringing pattern of
your fax number. And if you set it to ON, you
can use the registered
number
as a fax
number only.
OFF/ON/SET

7. CALLER ID

You can display the last 30 caller
are stored in the memory.

1. DATE/TIME

If you enter the date and time in 24-hour
format, the LCD will display the date and
time and they will also be printed on outgoing faxes.

2. DAILYTIMER

If you frequently
have delayed jobs, all for
execution at the same time each day, you can
program that time. Once you register it, you
do not need to enter that time,just
set Timer
Transmission
in temporary
settings.

00:00

6-7 -8

3. INTERVAL

You can select the time interval at which the
activity report is printed.
6/12/24 hours, 2/4/7 days, OFF

OFF

14-2

4. STATIONID

You can enter your name or company name,
fax number
and telephone
number
in
STATION ID.
It is printed at the top of each page of every
outgoing
fax. It is also printed
on the
automatic
Cover Page.

6. TEL
OPTIONS

7. SETUP
SYSTEM

E

are OFF/LOW/HIGH.

If you enter a REMOTE
CODE, you can
activate or deactivate the fax machine from
a remote telephone.
ON/OFF

6. SET
COVERPAGE

You can
comments

7. SET
PASSWORD

You can set up a password
documents.
ON/PLUS/OFF

two

7-9

OFF

7-16~19

IDs that

5. REMOTE
CODE

register
your own
on the Cover Page.

HIGH

7-21

01/01/1996
00:00

4-2

4-3

ON
.51 (ACT)

7-13

#511DEACT

custom

6-15

for receiving
OFF

9-2

3-5

HOW TO USE ON-SCREEN PROGRAMMING

Level one
function

7. SETUP
SYSTEM

Level two
function

AND HELl-' KI::Y

Factory
setting

Explanation of Options

You can select the output device that will
8. MISSINGLINK
receive
fax message.
(MFC
1850MC/
1950MC). (FAX 1350M/1450MC/1550MC
are
(ONLYforMFC
1850MC!1950MC)available when The optional Missing Link is
connected.)
You can store the incoming fax messages in
the memory. Then you can use the convenient
1. FAXSTORAGE
remote control functions.
ON/OFF

8. REMOTE
FAXOPT
(Only
forFAX
1350M)

8. SETUP
MSGCTR
(Onlyfor
FAX
1450MC/
1550MC/
MFC
1850MC/
1950MC)

,:7-6

2. FAXFWD/
PAGING

You can choose among
PAGING,
FAX
FORWARDING
or OFF. PAGING ON will
cause the fax machine to page you when it
receives a fax message. FAX FORWARDING
ON will cause the machine
to send any
stored faxes that are received to another

Page

See the
PC
Missing
PRIMARY Link
Manual

OFF

10-1

OFF

10-2~5

159_<

10-5-8

predetermined
fax number.
OFF/FAX FORWARD/PAGING

3. REMOTE
ACCESS

You can register a REMOTE ACCESS ID (3
digits) allowing you to remotely operate the
machine. (Example :Retrieving
an incoming
fax message)

4, PRINTFAX

You can print incoming
stored in the memory.

1. MESSAGE
STORAGE

You can select memory usage of the machine
in MESSAGE CENTER mode.
FAX:ON/OFF,
TAD:ON/EXT/OFF

faxes

that

were

10-7

FAX:OFF
TAD: ON

11-7

You can set the machine to print a back-up
copy of faxes that
are received into the
2. BACKUPPRINT
Message Center memory.
ON/OFF

ON

11-10

3. FAX FWD/
PAGING

You can choose among
PAGING,
FAX
FORWARDING
or OFF. PAGING ON will
cause the fax machine to page you when it
receives a fax message. FAX FORWARDING
ON will cause the fax machine to send any
stored faxes that are received to another
predetermined
fax number.
OFF/FAX FORWARD/PAGING

OFF

11-16~19

4. REMOTE
ACCESS

You can register a REMOTE ACCESS ID (3
digits) allowing you to remotely operate the
machine. (Example :Retrieving
an incoming
fax message.)

159_<

.............

11-20

i
I

riTi i _

r

HOW TO USEON-SCREEN PROGRAMMING

Levelone
function

8.

SETUP
MSGCTR
(Onlyfor
FAX
1450MC/
1550MC/
MFC
1850MC/
1950MC)

Leveltwo
function

Factory
setting

Page

This is the maximum
length
of voice
information
in Voice-on-Demand,
the ICMs
5. ICMMAX.TIME in Personal Mailbox and Message Center,
Memos and Voice Alarm recordings.
20125130135140/45/50/55/60
seconds

3O

11-14~15

6. OGM

The machine has two types of OGM (Outgoing Messages) for MSG CTR and FAX/TEL
switch. After selecting the message type,
you can play, record or erase.

MSG
CTR
OGM

7-4

7. PRINTFAX

You can print incoming
faxes
stored in MSG CTR memory.

8. RECORDING
MODE

To get more recording
time for incoming
messages
and memos, change the sound
quality setting from HIGH to NORMAL.
HIGH/NORMAL

HIGH

11-15

9. TOLLSAVER

If you set TOLL SAVER to ON, you can
check ifa message was received by the ring
delay. Toll Saver overrides the Ring Delay
setting.
ON/OFF

OFF

11-14

1. MSGCTR PRO

You can turn the Message Center
on or off with this switch.
ON/OFF

OFF

12-18

MSG
CTR
PRO

12-12-16

01

12-12

Explanation of Options

You can record
2. OGM
9. SETUPMC
PRO (Only
for FAX
3. MAILBOX
1450MC/
1550MC/
MFC
1850MC/
4. FAXINFO
1950MC)

5. VOICEINFO

0. INTERRUPT

AND HELP KEY

Level

1 and

that

were

11-11

Pro Mode

2 OGMs

for

callers, telling them what to do in each step.
MSG CTR PRO/MAIL BOX/FAX ON DEMAND/VOICE
ON DEMAND
There are 5 personal mail boxes. For each
mail box, an owner of the box can record his/
her own OGM for callers. 01/02/03/04/05
You can store the fax information
for each
Fax-on-Demand
memory box. You have up
to 99 memory boxes. 01-99 (The number of
available boxes depends upon the length of
your messages.)

12-7~8

You can store the voice information
for each
Voice-on-Demand
memory box. Use numbers
01-99 for memory boxes. (The number
of
available boxes depends upon the amount of
information
you store.)

12-10

You can send a fax without canceling the
timer or polled waiting, even if there are
documents
in the feeder, by "interrupting"
it.

6-10

i_r

3-7

HOW TO USE ON-SCREEN PROGRAMMING

• "++*


i-----I

STANDARD/SECuRE_

MODE

2.CANCEL

L)

(ON/OFF)

PASSWORD TX

JOB

3.PRINT

REPORTS --I

ACT.REPORT
Z.ALL
DIAL
3 TEL.INDEX
4 COVERPAGE
5]CALL BACK MSG
US R PT
S

4)SELECT
THE DESIRED SETTING
USING THE ARROW KEYS

IZZZ]

+'MEMORY
STATUS
9.CALLER
ID

<-SET

4.SET

[ZZZ]
6)PRESS

OPTIONS

•_
oR /AU+O/S.LI0"T/S+DAR_,
_VERP_IE
(0N,0F.

8

31SELECT A LEVEL TWO FUNCTION
BY PRESSING NUMBER KEY

5)PRESS

[HART>

_.CA_LR_E+ERVE
(ONZOEE,
(STD/FINE/S
FINE/PHOTO_

2;SELECT A LEVEL ONE FUNCT[ON
BY PRESSING
NUMBER KEY
(FROM THE SELECTION
LJ
CHART ON THE RIGHT)

l---l

SELECTION

IEVEL ONE
LEVEL TWO
TEMP.SETIIN_B'--I.TIMER
2.POLLING

,PRESS FUNCTION

AND HELP KEY

STOP TO EXIT

AUTO DIAL---I.ONETOUCH
P E -

B.USER

DIAL

AL
_E_u_
_DuPs

OPTIONS--'I.SMOOTHING

tl_g!R

P_Eg_OFF
'R
U T N
_:R_B _Ab_R

NOTE.
MAKE SURE YOU FIRST SET
TONE/PULSE FUNCTION 6 I).
DATE/TIMEIFUNCT
ON 7 I) AND
STATION ID(FDNCTION
7 4).

ON/OFF)

o,o,0PP'+'HIGN/

(ON/OFF)N
FF
AUYOIIO0%/93%/87%/75%)
LETTER/LEGAL/A4)

l_T_i_'i_
oE

6 TEL OPTIONS

4:F/T
RN

RING
V

7.CALLER
7 SETUP SYSTEM

vYLuME
TIME
M
D

-'i DAFE/TIME
2_DAILY
TIMER

E
_LE
Ii',IMI
+il
I:IL+

FF/GH/12H/24H/2D/4DiTD)
_AX/TEL/NAME)
ON/OFF,SET
CODE)

8 MISSING

LINK

_.i

FAX

_[

)ING
;AVERMODE
PRO

R

T

C

_"

0

Z

M G
_

I

PRO

-MC

PRIMARY/PC
FAX _If_t_

PC

ONLY/
ONLY)

(FAX:ON/OFF,TAD
ON!OFFIEXT)
N OFF
I_FIIFAX
FORWARD/PAGING

8 SETUP MSG CTR

9.SETUP

IDN,OFP/PLUSI

MAIL BOX
. FAX INFO
5.VOICE
INFO

_0/25130/35140/45/50/55/60;
SG CTR OGMiF/T OGM)
HIGH/NORMAL)
ON/OFF)
ON/OFF)
(MSG CTR PROIMAIL

BOX/

/_l_f_+_n_EON_
DEMAND,

O. INTERRUPT
*************************

EXAMPLE ***************************

ONE TOUCH

r--_ _>®+©+

FUNCTION

NUMBER

+0->
KEYS

_-1

ALPHA

0
KEYS

_

TO ENTER
PHONE #

SET

_]

TO ENTER
NAME

SET

A FAX (AUTO)>
SPEED DIAL

NUMBER

ONE TOUCH

SFAPT

"++++rq
i3++o
+ +,++
° +

DOCUMENT

TO

DIGITS

DIAL

NUMBER

START

--->@ _ ©
FUNCTION
KE_ -->[]]
TO SELECT
REPORT TYPE

E/T

*FOR
BOTH
TELEPHONE.

MODE
FAX

AND

*FOR BOTH TAD
FAX USE
MSG CTP

AND

(HELP

3-8

LIST of FAX 1550MC

HOW TO USEON-SCREEN PROGRAMMING

Help

AND HELP KEY

Key

Press this key whenever you need a quick reference Help List printed.
This Help List will give
you information
on how to perform settings for a function, how to register information,
or how to
get some basic infor,nation
for sending or receiving faxes.

How

to Print

a Help

List

Press HELP to get a printout of the Help List. Use it when you need inibrmation
about how to
register or set one of the functions,
or how to send or receive faxes. You can request a printout
whenever the machine meets the following conditions:
-while
-while
-while
-while
-while

How

the
the
the
the
you

to Enter

LCD displays the date and time.
machine is timer waiting.
machine is polled/polling
waiting.
machine is at level one or two of the function
are using the phone.

Text

in Function

menu.

Mode

Number keys have two or three letters printed above it. The following
no printed letters because they have special characters.
ABC

DEF

GHI

JKL

MNO

PRS

TUV

WXY

keys "1", "#" and "'*" have

(2) @
@@(3)
QZ

By pressing
the appropriate
number key the correct
the character
you want. When you are making certain
need to enter text into your fax machine.

Key

once

twice

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0

A
D
G
J
M
P
T
W
Q

B
E
H
K
N
R
U
X
Z

Let's say that you want

to enter

the initials

number of times, you can access
settings, such as the Station ID, you

three times

four times

C
F
I
L
O
S
V
Y
0

"BR". Follow the example

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Q

below.

HOW TO USE ON-SCREEN PROGRAMMING

((

AND HELP KEY

NAME:
( ENTER

]_
&

SET

1. Press

2 twice to enter

the letter

B.

( NAME :B

)

2. Press

7 twice to enter

the letter

R.

( NAME : B_R

)

3. Press

SET.

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
1.

If you want to enter

2.

If you entered
arrow) to move
one in it's place.
to go back and

3.

If you need to enter
previous character,

a blank

space,

press ..-- (right

arrow)

twice.

a letter incorrectly
and want to change it, you
the cursor back. When you reach the letter, you
You can only overwrite letters, not insert them,
overwrite a lot of letters if you forget to enter a

can use _.9 (left
can enter a new
so you may have
letter.

a character
that is assigned to the same number key as the
press _
(right arrow) to move the cursor to the right.

How to Enter Special
Characters,
Marks
in Function
Mode

Symbols

* key

(space)

# key ................

:;<=>?@[] ^_

and

Punctuation

!"#$%&'()*+,-./

The "'1"key contains all the accented characters. The "*" and the "#" key are used for punctuahon
marks and symbols. Let's say that you want to enter the Symbol "&". Follow the example below.

--

i11:11
D][,_]_I'_'I'A','JI ! !._l: [•_','_
(

NAME:JAMES

1. Press

* to show a list of characters.

(

MARK-_!"#$%&"

2. Press

*, *, *, *, *, * (6 times).

(

MARK-

3. Press

,.-- (right

(

NAME:JAMES

--

3-10

...----

1

•

arrow).

...............

.. '.....

_ .........

.

I

_

-]
( )*

)

!"#$%&_'()*

I

...... r_L_i

&_

¸" =-_

)
)

..................

TELEPHONE FUNCTION SETTINGS

4. TELEPHONE FUNCTION SETTINGS ___
There are some settings, such as the date and nine, you should make to your tax machine before
you begin using it. Once entered, these settings will remain in the nmchine until you change them.
You can begin customizing
the settings by pressing FUNCTION
on the control panel. This
activates
the function mode and On - Screen Programming
prompts. You can complete a variety
of settings in this mode.

Setting

the

Dialing

Mode

(Tone/Pulse)

Your fax nmchine supports
both tone (or multi-frequency)
and pulse (or rotary) dialing. It is
initially set to TONE, so you do not need to change the setting if you use that kind of line. If you
are using a pulse dial line, you can change the setting to PULSE by following the steps below:

(
1. Press

01/01/1996

00:00

( 1.TEMP.SETTINGS)

FUNCTION.

You will see scrolling optlon._ on the dtsplay. You can choose one.
2. Press

6.

( 6.TEL

3. Press

1.

_ 1. TONE/PULSE

After two seconds you will be automancally prompted
to select pulse or tone.

(
"_I

,

Press _
(left arrow) or _
arrow)
to find the dialing
that matches
your telephone
Example: PULSE.

Setting

DIALING:TONE
SELECT
+

_
÷

&

SET)

( DIALING:PULSE

(right
mode
line.

5. Press SET.
6. Press STOP
and time.

OPTIONS

]

1 . TONE/PULSE
to return

the Beeper

to the date

Sound

Level

If the beeper setting is LOW or HIGH, it will "'beep" every time you press a key, make an error,
or at the end of sending or receiving a fax.
The initial setting on your fax machine for the beeper
select OFF, and if you want it loud, select HIGH.

....................

_.

' ......

""'

"

is LOW. If you do not want the beeper on,

111!

" q7

.....

?_ :1"".T5_,71_

4-1

TELEPHONE FUNCTION SETTINGS
,

•

..

.

!

I

m

| l 1:1.J _,'_;IF:VIi','I I111,'ll [.I'A_II_
00:00

C 01/01/1996

[ 1. TEMP.
SETTINGS

1. Press FUNCTION.
2. Press 5.

5.USER

3. Press 2.

2.BEEPER

OPTIONS

)
]

( BEEPER:

LOW

]

SELECT,--, SET]

.

Press --_ deft arrow) or m-- (right
arrow) until you get the setting you
want.
Example: OFF.

(

5. Press SET.

(_ 2. B E E P E R

6. Press STOP to return
and time.

Setting

the Date

BEEPER:OFF

to the date

and

Time

Your fax machine shows the date and time on the display
You can set the date and time in function mode.

and prints it on every fax page you send.

mill

:1 '1 [-'t;;IF-VA','IIl!II-'ll [el','i_

( 01/01/1996
1. Press FUNCTION.

I.TEMP.SETTINGS

2. Press 7.

( 7.SETUP

3. Press 1.

[

.

Enter the last two digits of the year.
Example: 96.

.

.

,

Enter two digits
Example: 12.

(
(
(

for the day.

Enter the time in 24-hour
Example: 15:25 t3:25 P.M.).

format.

Wait for two seconds.

9. Press STOP to exit and
new date and time.

view the
!IHI

4-2

,H[:

SYSTEM

1.DATE/TIME
ENTER

YEAR:XX

]

ENTER

YEAR:96

]

MONTH:_X

)

LENTER

Enter
two digits for the month.
(JAN = 01, OCT = 10, etc.)
Example: 09.

.

00:00

ENTER

MONTH:09

ENTER

DAY:XX

ENTER

DAY:12

ENTER

TIME:XX:XX

]

ENTER

TIME:15:25

)

(

1.DATE/TIME

(

09/12/1996

]

)
15:25

)

TELEPHONE FUNCTION SETTINGS

Setting

the

Station

ID

The Station ID is for identification
purposes.
telephone
number. Your machine then prints
every fax page you send.

Here you can store your name, fax number, and
this information
on the electronic Cover Page and

_

I: I:iifl B']'-]ir:¥dk';_I qII_"]'-[el',
(

09/12/1996
1. TEMP.

15:25

-)

1. Press

FUNCTION.

(

2. Press

7.

[ 7.SETUPSYSTE. )

3. Press

4.

( 4.STATION

You will then be prompted
fax number.

to enter your
,,--

4. Enter your fax number
digits).
Example: 4155554444.

(up to 20

to enter

your

6. Enter your telephone
number
(up
to 20 digits).
If your telephone
number and fax
number share the same line, enter the
same number again.
Example: 4155554445.
SET.

You will be prompted
or company's
name.

to enter your name

8. Enter
your name
by using the
number keys (up to 20 characters).
Example: BROTHER.
Refer to the section "How to Enter Text
in Function Mode" on pages 3-9~ 10.
9. Press

ENTER
(

)

)

)
&

SET

FAX:4155554444_

)
)

SET.

You will now be prompted
telephone number.

7. Press

ID

[ FAX:

_(

5. Press

SETTINGS

SET to confirm

10.Press STOP
and time.

.......

to return

the entry.

((

TEL:
( ENTER

&

SET

( TEL:4155554445_

(( NAME:
[ ENTER
(

&

)

SET

NAME:BROTHER

4.STATION

)_
)

)
)

ID

to the date

L ............
_yL .....

4-3

TELEPHONE FUNCTION SETTINGS
Helpful Hints 1. The telephone
Message

number that you stored
and the Cover Page features.

2. If you do not enter
3. When you enter
blank space.

a fax number,

a space,

above is only used

no additional

use P.- (right

arrow).

for the Call Back

information

can be entered.

Then it will be registered

as a

4. If Station ID has already been programmed,
then after Step 3 the name will be
displayed with the prompt "1" to change "2" to exit. Press "1" if you need to
change any information.
Pressing "2" to exit will take you out of the function.

The Telol)bom' Consumer ProtouLion
Act
t)l _UUL ll,,_kc'>
11_ul]l_l_
lul loi _tl_> l_t l ._on
to use a computer
or electronic
device to send any message via a telephone
fax
machine unless such messages clearly contain in a margin at the top or bottom of
each transmitted
page or on the first page of the transmission,
the date and time it
is sent and an identification
of the business
or other entity, or other individual
sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machines or such
business, other entity, or individual.
In order to program this information
steps on the previous page.

Storing

One-Touch

Dial

into your fax machine,

you should complete

the

Numbers

You can dial numbers
autonmtically
by storing telephone
or fax numbers
as One-Touch
dial
numbers. You can also store names with the numbers so that when you call, you can verify the
destination
on the display. You can store a maximum of 30 phone numbers. To use 16 to 30 OneTouch number locations, you need to press SHIFT.
For example, One-Touch
location "16" is
accessed by pressing SHIFT+One-Touch
"01" simultaneously.
Here is how to store a telephone
number as a One-Touch dial number (See page 2-3) :

_

i: 14 D]b't;,llr._VAv,,j
IIII_]: [e).t,v_
(

09/12/1996

15:25

I.TEMP.SETTINGS

]

1. Press

FUNCTION.

(

2. Press

4.

( 4.SETAUTODIAL )

3. Press

1.

( 1.ONE-TOUCH

[seLect
4. Press the One-Touch key you want
to use to store a number.
Example: One - Touch 05.
The One-Touch keys are not the number
keys.

!

I

( ,os:

DIAL)

OnE-TOucH)

-C ENTer & sET

)

TELEPHONE FUNCTION SETTINGS

5. Enter a number
(up to 20 digits).
Example: 14155551212.
6. Press

SET.

You then will be prompted to enter the
name or company associated
with this
number.

(

SET.

(

ENTER

(

NAME:NJ

f(

))

& SET

)

OFFICE

)

TYPE:FAX

9. Select the type of number
(FAX,
TEL, F/T, CHAIN)
by using -_.
(left arrow) or _
(right arrow) to
display the type you want.
(See For Your Information on page 4-6.)
Example: FAX.
10.Press

)

(( NA.E:

7. Enter
the name
by using
the
number
keys (up to 15 characters).
Example: NJ OFFICE.
(See page 3-9-10 for how to enter text.)
8. Press

_05:14155551212_

SET.

<- ÷

&

SET

)

(

SELECT

(

TY P E : FAX

]

(

SELECT

]

ONE-TOUCH

11.Return
to step 4 to enter another
number, or press STOP to return to
the date and time.

Helpful Hlnts

If you have to wait
RED_AUSE.
on the display.

for a dial tone to access
When you press

By storing

an outside

REDIAI_/PAUSE,

the numbers

with a pause,

line, you should

use

a dash "-" will appear
you can create

a delay of

3.5 seconds.

4-5

TELEPHONE FUNCTION SETTINGS

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
Types

of Numbers

When you store a number as a One-Touch or as a Speed-Dial
choice of choosing the type of number. There are 4 options:
1.
2.
3.
4.

FAX (A fax number).
TEL (A telephone number).
Ffr
(Both a fax number and a telephone number)
CHAIN
(A number, usually an access code, for chain

Chain

number,

you have a

dialing).

Dialing

Chain dialing is used to store a very long dialing sequence. You can spread the
number over two or more keys if you register the first key(s) in the sequence as type
"Chain". Chain tells the system that the dialing
sequence
is not completed
and that there is more to follow. The last key in the sequence must be any other
dial type (either FAX, TEL or F/T). You can use any combination
of One-Touch,
Speed-Dial and manually
dialed numbers in a chain.
If you must wait for another dial tone at any point in the dialing sequence, store a
pause at that point in the number by pressing the PAUSE/REDIAL
key. (If you need
a pause that is longer than 3.5 seconds, call our Fax Diagnostic Center at 1-800-2844329 (USA), 1-800-853-6660
(CANADA) for assistance.)
Only one pause can be
stored
in each One-Touch
and Speed-Dial
number.
When you are ready to dial the chain number,
other in sequence and then press START.

simply

press the keys one after

the

Chain dialing makes using access codes easy. Sometimes you may want to choose
from among several long-distance
carriers when you make a call; rates may vary
depending
upon the time and destination.
To take advantage
of low rates, you can
store the access code of a long-distance
carrier as you would a regular number and
register it as a "chain" number. Then to dial, press this (access code) number followed
by the regular number and START.
You can set up chain dialing for phone/credit
card numbers, the same way. However,
when using chain dialing,
do NOT send a cover page because
your credit
card number
will be on it.

Storing

Speed-Dial

Numbers

When you store a phone or fax number as a Speed-Dial
number, you must enter a two-digit
number,
from 01 to 60 for FAX 1350M, 1450MC and MFC 1850MC and from 01 to 00 for FAX
1550MC and MFC 1950MC using the number keys. For example, you cannot enter "5". You must
enter"05".
You can store as many as 60 numbers (FAX 1350M/1450MC
and MFC 1850MC) or 100
numbers (FAX 1550MC and MFC 1950MC)as Speed-Dial
numbers.

........

4-6

!!! !!

.._JJI_IH'II

TELEPHONE FUNCTION SETTINGS
ii

i illll ill i ill Ulll

__

|: 14 ._1[:'__ IE_ llVl I111-'l.[elVI__
i

i ii

•

•

09/12/1996
1. Press

FUNCTION.

2. Press

4.

3. Press

2.

(

AUTO

keys

to enter

a

DIAL

)

( SPEED-DIAL?

#_

]

( SPEED-DIAL?

#05

1

( ( #o5:

5. Enter the number (up to 20 digits).
Example: 5555151.

ENTER

[

SET.

&

])

SET

]

#05:5555151_

)

( NAME:

You then will be prompted
to enter the
name or company associated
with this
number.

7. Use the number
keys to enter
name (up to 15 characters).
Example: MANCHESTER.
(See page 3-9~10 for entering text.)

['- ENTER

a

(

SET.

)_
&

SET

,]

NAME:MANCHESTER

J

)

F ( TY P E : FAX

sE,ECT

TYPE

9. Select the type of number
(FAX,
TEL, F/T, CHAIN)
by using --9
(left arrow) or ,..- (right arrow) to
display the type you want.
Example: TEL.
10.Press

)

( 2.SPEED-DIAL )

--(

8. Press

I.TEMP.SETTINGS
4.SET

4. Use the number
two-digit number.
Example: 05.

6. Press

15:25

SET.

(

&

SET

)

: TEL

SPEED-DIAL?

]

#_

)

11.You are ready to enter another
Speed-Dial
number, or press STOP
to return to the date and time.

1. Print the All Dial List to make sure you have stored the correct numbers, tSee
page 14-3-4.) This list will contain the type of number:
FAX, TEL, F/T, or
CHAIN.

Helpful Hints

2. Even if there
the telephone

....

!!

!

Illl

I

should be a loss of electrical
and fax numbers
you have

I

flllllPill

[11_

I!11B!

power
stored

to your fax machine,
will not be lost.

....

i_'l I]

4-7

TELEPHONEFUNCTION SETTINGS

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
When You Wish to Change the Stored One-Touch
Numbers
(During Step 4 on Page 4-4, 7)
When you access the function for
already in use, you will be asked
different One-Touch or Speed-Dial
Touch key or Speed-Dial number
1. Press
press

and Speed-Dial

a One-Touch key or Speed-Dial
number, that is
if you wish to change it or to exit and select a
number. This display does not appear if the Oneyou chose is not assigned.

i to assign a new number to the One-Touch key or Speed-Dial
2 to choose a d£fferent One-Touch key or Speed-Dial
number.

number,

or

(( ,0s: NJ OFFICE I)
(

1.CHANGE

2.EXIT

)

2. If you are replacing an existing number with a new one, the old number and name
will appear in the display. Press CLEAR to erase the old number and name. Then,
enter the new number and name and press SET to store the entry.
Memory

Storage

Your fax machine is equipped with an internal battery that will keep the date and
time information
for up to one hour after power has been cut off. After that time, the
date and time will be lost and you will have to re-enter the information. All other
settings in the SET AUTO DIAL, USER OPTIONS and SETUP SYSTEM functions
(see page 3-3~5) are stored permanently
and will be retained even in the event of a
power failure. As for FAX 1350M, the data stored in the memory such as Out-ofPaper Reception and Menmry Transmission will be lost after the power is disconnected.
For FAX 1450MC/1550MC,
MFC 1850MC/1950MC
see page 11-19.

Helpful Hints

If your fax machine
number

Setting

Up Number

is connected

to a PBX, you may need to insert an additional

before each fax or telephone

number

to access an outside

line.

Groups

Number Groups allow you to send the same fax message to many fax numbers by pressing only
one One-Touch
key (Broadcasting).
You must store each fax number first as a One-Touch or
Speed-Dial
number. Then you can combine them into a Group.
You can have up to 6 smaller Groups (each group uses a One-Touch keys) or can assign up to 89
numbers
on FAX 1350M/1450MC/MFC
1850MC and 129 numbers
on FAX 1550MC/MFC
1950MC if you have one large Group. You can use the same stored
Groups can have a name up to 15 characters
long.

_

[4:k'_'tti[e)l"-]
"_::[,,$__

number

groups.

g_J l -"I:flD][,,"]
dIFVA','I I tlql-"]
:[_V._i!!_ _
(

09/12/1996

15:25

1. Press

FUNCTION.

(

I.TEMP.SETTINGS

2. Press

4.

(

4.SET

3. Press

3.

( 3. SETUP

AUTO

I SELECT
I

4-8

in several

]
)

DIAL

]

GROUPS

1

ONE-TOUCH

)

..............................................
I!

TELEPHONE FUNCTION SETTINGS

4. Press one of the One-Touch
keys to
be the stored group number.
Example: select"One-Touch 1"as a group.

_(

5. After two seconds enter the group
number by using the number keys.
Example: 1.

the One-Touch

GROUP:GO
& SET

]_
]

( SETUP

GROUP:G01

)

( Gol-

C
"(

6. Enter

SETUP
[ ENTER

ENTER

or Speed-Dial

&

))

SET

]

GO1 :#03#05*02_

]

NAME:

]

numbers
in this group.
Example: #03,#05,_02.
(Note: Use the # key and number keys
for Speed-Dial
numbers,
and the $ key
and number keys for One-Touch
numbers. )

7. Press

SET.
(_"

8. Enter the group's name.
Example: ALL BROTHER.

( ENTER
(

9. Press SET.
10.Press
time.

to date

BROTHER

)

GROUPS

and

You can print a last of all One-Touch
numbers

-)

]-"

SET

NAME :ALL

3.SETUP

STOP to return

Helpful Hints

&

will be listed under

numbers

One-Touch

and Speed-Dial

and Speed-Dial

numbers.

numbers.

Group

(See page

14-3-4.)
_<: One-Touch
# : Speed-Dial

USING THE UNIT AS A TELEPHONE
5. USING THEUNIT AS A TELEPHONE
Your fax machine call be used to make regular telephone calls. You can d,al numbers
by pressing the number keys, or by using One-Touch or Speed-Dialing.

Manual

manually,

Dialing

1. Pick up the handset, or press HOOK.
2. When you hear a dial tone, you can begin dialing by pressing the number
3. If you used HOOK to dial, pick up the handset when the call is answered.

One- Touch

keys.

Dialing

1. Pick up the handset, or press HOOK.
2. When you hear a dial tone, press the One-Touch
key.
3. If you used HOOK, pick up the handset when the call is answered.
If you try to use a One-Touch number
hear a warning sound and the display
normal after 2 seconds.

Speed

that has not been stored on the key you pressed, you w_ll
will say,"NOT REGISTERED".
The display will return to

Dialing

1. Pick up the handset or press HOOK.
2. when you hear a dial tone, press SPEED DIAL and then press
number.
3. If you used HOOK, pick up the handset when the call is answered.

the two-digit

Speed-Dial

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
Using

HOLD,

PAUSE,

- Use REDIAL

/ PAUSE

-Use HOLD
disconnecting
HOLD.

# with
for putting

the

Telephone

a 3.5 second

pause between

numbers.

to put a call on hold.
You can put down the handset
without
the call. You must pick up the fax handset to release the call from

- Use # temporarily
to switch the dialing type from "pulse" to"tone".
This key is also
used for push-button
services, such as those offered by banks, credit card companies,
or paging services.

On Hook

Dialing

When you make a call using HOOK, you can listen to the other end through the oneway speaker of the machine, but they can't hear you unless you pick up the handset.
Also, if you press HOOK again before you pick up the handset,
the call will be
disconnected.

....

5-1

I "

11111 !!

I

...... -'._:""'.'£""ZL"_'i.'Y.:':.::::.'-L'"Y=i'-

"'"_==='

USING THE UNIT AS A TELEPHONE

Searching

the

Telephone

Index

Once you have stored a name and number as a One-Touch number
you can search for that name alphabetically
using the Telephone
number directly from the Telephone Index.

or as a Speed-Dial
number,
Index. You can also dial a

m |-' 1:11
Dlb']_Ir_.YAVA
IIIII[,']:[olV_
( 09/12/1996
1. Press

( TEL.

TEL-INDEX.

2. Use the number
keys to input the
first character
of the stored name,
and press _
(left arrow) or ,,-(right arrow) to find the name.
3. Pick up
HOOK.
4. Press

the

handset,

START to begin

-Return
or press

the handset

to its cradle

HOOK to cancel

the call.

)

INDEX

)

( NJ

OFFICE

)

(

OFFICE

or press
dialing.

15:25

NJ

SENDING FAXES

DOCUMENT
BASICS

6. SENDING FAXES
A) DOCUMENT
The Size

BASICS

of Your

Documents
148mm

216mm (8.5")

4mm

<

216mm (8.5")
208ram (8.2"_

" <4mm

€o

Minimum J

_
1.0ram
I (3.9")

/
/

600mm
(23.6")

Maximum

."
/

/

scanned
(printed)
area

.'"
. _/

=

/

/

The size of the documents you want to send by fax should not be larger (or smaller) than your fax
machine can accommodate.
The documents
should each be between 148 and 216 mm (5.8 and 8.5
inches) wide and between 100 and 600 mm (3.9 and 23.6 inches) long.
The maximum
width of the scanned area is 208 mm (8.2 inches),
recording paper of the recepient's
fax.

How

to Insert

which

can be printed

on the

the Document

To send a fax, first insert the document you wish to send, face down, m the
document feeder. The top edge of the document should go in first, or the fax
will be received up side-down.
To prevent the document
from going crooked
guides to fit the width of the document.

as it is fed, adjust

+
dO.L

the paper

_o]Ko]_mmmimumim
About

tit(, Do('ul.c_Is

You

_end...

I)o not use documcats
that are curled, \x_mklcd, toldcd, ripped,
ul that
cuHtam
staples, paper clips, paste, or tape. Also, do not use cardboard,
newspaper,
or fabric.
curled

folded

wrinkled

staples

ripped

paper clip

tape

fabric

/

J
JJ

6-1

.. _E[gkiL.

!

All

irl]l! ]

......

JU[ ..

DOCUMENT

The Auto

Document

Feeder

SENDING FAXES

BASICS

(ADF)

The Auto Document Feeder (ADF) automatically
feeds documents
machine, one at a time. The thickness
and weight of the documents
categories:

(up to 20 pages} into the fax
should fall into the following

Thickness:

For one sheet: 0.07 to 0.12 mm (2.8 x 103 to 4.7 x 10 .3 inches).
For multiple sheets: 0.07 to 0.10 mm (2.8 x 10 .3 to 3.9 x 10 .3 inches).

Weight:

For one sheet: 52 to 85 g/m 2 (0.07 x 10 .3 to 0.121 x 10 -3lbs/inch2).
For multiple sheets: 52 to 80 g/m 2 (0.07 x 10 .3 to 0.114 x 10 .3 lbs/inch2).

As a reference, please note that the paper on which this is printed
weight:
Thickness:
0.10mm (3.9 x 10 .3 inches)
Weight: 80g/m 2(0.114 x 10 .3 lbs/inch 2)

has the following thickness

and

Before inserting documents
into the document feeder, fan the sheets of paper to make sure the
documents
are not stuck together.
Then tap the leading edge on a table so that all the pages are
even when placed in the feeder. Make sure you always put the documents
in face down.

Getting

Ready

to Send

a Fax

SETTING THE RESOLUTION
You can choose a setting (STANDARD,
time before you press START or COPY.
\\

key. ( O

means

STANDARD

light off.
0

FINE
PHOTO
S.FINE

O

FINE

\\ //
D
FINE
_-- PHOTO
O
S.FINE

SUPERFINE

PHOTO

0

FINE
PHOTO

/gl,.

S.FINE

\\

To set different
Transmission"

I

//

S

means

light on.)

The STANDARD resolution
can be used for most typewritten
text. When the STANDARD setting is on, both lights are off.
Transmission
speed is normal.

The FINE resolution
is an ideal setting to use if you want to send
documents
that have small print. When the FINE setting is on,
the FINE light will be lit.
Transmission
speed is slower than STANDARD.
The SUPERFINE
resolution is a good setting to use for documents
with very small print or artwork. When the SUPERFINE
setting
is on, the S. FINE light will be lit.
Transmission
speed is slower than FINE.

//
FINE
_-- PHOTO

/ix

FINE, SUPERFINE,
or PHOTO) for the resolution
any
You can choose a setting by pressing the RESOLUTION

S.FINE
``.

The PHOTO resolution
is ideal for sending
varying shades of gray, such as photographs.
is on when both lights are lit.
Transmission
speed is slower than FINE.

resolutions
for each page of a multi
on page 6-13.

page document,

documents
that have
The PHOTO setting

refer to "Multiple

!!!!!|'u!! ............

Resolution

I

6-2

SENDING FAXES

DOCUMENT
BASICS

SETTING
THE CONTRAST
The fax machine has automatic
contrast control, but if you need to send or to copy a document
document that is very light or very dark, you may want to set the contrast yourself.
Use SUPER
Use SUPER

a

LIGI-tT to send a very light document.
DARK to send a very dark document.

m

Ii 11.] FI_r._Y,
IVl Il 1,1:[elv,v_m
(_ 09/12/1996

1. Insert
the documents
into the feeder.

face

15:25

]

START
COPY

)]
]

down
FAX:
COPY:

_(

NO.
&
PRESS

2. Press FUNCTION.

( 1.TEMP.SETTINGS

)

3. Press 1.

(

I.TEMP.SETTINGS

]

4.

)

4. Press 4.
The display will alternate

messages.

((

CONTRAST

CONTRAST:
(._SELECT

5. Use

-.9

arrow)

(left arrow)

or .---

AUTO
<- ÷

&

)]
SET

( CONTRAST:S.LIGHT

(right

)

]

to select

one of the settings,
AUTO, S.LIGHT,
or S. DARK.
Example: S.LIGHT.

6. Press

SET.

7. Press

STOP to exit.

(

4.

CONTRAST

_(_FAX:
( COPY:

Then

6-3

start

the

fax sending

operation

(see

page

6-41 or copy

(see page

NO.
&
PRESS

13-1).

)
START
COPY

)_
)

BASIC

SENDING FAXES

FAX TRANSMISSIONS

i

B) BASIC

FAX TRANSMISSIONS
FOR YOUR INFORMATION

Sending

a Fax

There are 3 basic ways of sending
1) Manual

a fax:

transmission:

You can talk or listen to the other party before you send a fax by picking up the
handset and dialing the number.
After the other party has finished talking and
has pushed its START button, you will be able to send your fax by pressing your
START key and putting the handset back down in its cradle. (If you call and all
you hear is the chirping sound of a fax machine, you can go ahead and press your
START key, and then put down the handset.)
2) Automatic

transmission:

You can send a fax without picking up the handset or without
by dialing the fax number and then pressing START.
a.

b.

c.

One-Touch Dialing
Press one of the One-Touch keys. (The nmnbers
page 4-4.) Then press START.
Speed-Dialing
Press SPEED DIAL, then use the number
For example, press "05" for 5. (The numbers
4-6.) Then press START.
Telephone Index
You can use the Tel-Index

3) Delayed

be stored

HOOK

beforehand.

See

keys to enter a two-digit number.
must be stored beforehand.
See page

to make telephone

or fax calls.(See

page 5-2.)

transmission:

It is possible to send documents
page 6-7.)

Talking

must

pressing

to the Other

Party

at a later time by using the TIMER

When Sending

function.

(See

a Fax

When you are sending a fax manually
and you hear the recipient's
voice instead of
fax tones, you can use the handset to have a conversation.
When or if you want to then
send a fax, ask the person on the other line to press START on his/her fax machine
and when you hear fax tones you can press START to begin sending your fax.

Sending

a Fax Automatically
m

1. Insert

the

__

__

documents

thee

into the feeder.

!!

..

down

IIII II

Q(

i: I :l @[-q_ Ir=YA','j Il!_q: [_',_
[

09/12/1996

(

FAX:

COPY:

NO.

&

PRESS

15:25

]

START

))

COPY )

.........

6-4

SENDING FAXES

BAsteFAXTRANSMISSIONS

2. Enter a fax number.
Example: One-Touch dialing.
START.

3. Press

Sending

(

NJ

(

DIALING'

(

SENDING

P.01

)
)

i ] 14.] [,!_WaY&VlIIII_t: [el','_
(

1. Insert
the documents
into the feeder.

,

'

a Fax Manually

m

.

]

OFFICE

lace

down

09/12/1996
NO.

( FAX:
(_

&

(

COPY:

PRESS

Pick up the handset
or press HOOK
and listen for the dial tone.

(

ENTER

FAX

(

PRESS

START

Enter

(NJ

the

fax number.

15:25

)

START

)-%
J
]

COPY
NO.

OFFICE

)_
KEY

)

J

]

You can use manual dialing, One-Touch
dialing, Speed Dialing, or Tel-Index.

4. When you hear a fax tone, press
START.

(" S E ND I NG

Your fax machine will begin sending the
documents.
.

Return the handset
to its cradle,
you did not use HOOK.

Automatic

and

Manual

if

Re-dialing

Ifa number you have dialed is busy or your call did not go through for some other reason, you can
re-dial that number. There are two ways to re-dial, "automatic" and "manual." Automatic
redialing can only be used for faxes that were sent using automatic transmission--not
for
telephone calls. The fax machine automatically will re-dial the number 3 times at 5 minute
intervals before giving up. It will re-dial the last dialed nu tuber when you press REDIAL/PAUSE
(manual re-dialing).

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
Optional

Settings

When You Send

a Fax Manually

L

• Resolution (See page 6-2, 6-13.)
• Cover Page (See page 6-17.)
• Call Reservation (See page 6-18.)

!1!1 .............

6-5

L................

° Contrast (See page 6-3.)
• Overseas Mode (See page 6-12.)

ADVANCED

C) ADVANCED
Sending

a Fax

If you are thxing
documents
back
of each page to
documents
back

FAX TRANSMISSIONS
by Using

Super

Quick-Scan

2. Press

the

3. Enter

documents

SUPER

The display
is available.

(Memory

Transmission)

a set oI'documents
that are confidential
m nature or you just need your original
right away, you don't have to stand at the machine and wait for the transmission
be completed.
You can use Super Quick-Scan
in order to get your original
before transmission.

(
1. Insert
feeder.

SENDING FAXES

FAX TRANSMISSIONS

into

the

09112/1996

( FAX:
( COPY:

NO'
&
PRESS

15:25

]

START
COPY

]_
J
)

Q.SCAN.

indicates

( MEMORY

how much memory

the fax number.

(

ENTER

(

NJ

100%
FAX

NO.

)

OFFICE

]

( MEMORY

4. Press STARTto begin scanning the
documents
into memory.
Once
completed,the
fax machine will dial
the destination.

)

100%

)

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
If You Get a MEMORY
Using

Super

FULL Message

When Trying

to Send

Quick-Scan

If the memory becomes full when scanning
page one, the display
STOP KEY", then press STOP to abort the job.

shows "PRESS

If the memory becomes full on page 2 or more of a multi-page
document,
prompted to press START to send the portion already scanned, or STOP
job.

Printing

Page

a Fax by

you will be
to abort the

Headers

Your fax machine can print a page header on top of every document you send. It is
printed
on the receiving
party's
fax paper.
It contains
the date and time of
transmission,
your fax number and name (Station ID), and page number. Of course
you need to register your Station ID beforehand
for that information
to be available.
(See page 4-3.)
Transmission Date and Time

Station ID

Page Number

r
4155554444
L

09/12/1996

BROTHER

PAGE

01

15:25

• rr! ....... 11

nr

6-6

SENDING FAXES

Delayed

ADVANCED

FAX TRANSMISSIONS

Transmission

You can set the timer to send documents
at a later time (up to 24 hours later). Your fax machine
will also produce a report, the "Delayed Sending Report", after the fax is sent. You can set up to
three different documents
for delayed transmission.

m

.

Insert the documents
feeder.

into the

((

2. Press SUPER Q.SCAN if you use
memory transmission;
if not you
can send your fax normally.

i: 14 .] 1,']"Jr.'VAVi II_I_!: [e]L',vh=_
(_09/12/1996

15:25

FAX:
( COPY:

START
COPY

_

1_00%

_
)

NO.
&
PRESS

MEMORY
ENTER

_(

FAX

NO

3. Press

FUNCTION.

(

I.TEMP.SETTINGS

]

4. Press

1.

(

I.TEMP.SETTINGS

)

5. Press

1.

(

1. TIMER

6. Enter

the

(

SET

TIME=O0:O0

)

(

SET

TIME--19:45

)

(

1. TIMER

time in 24-hour

format

using the number
keys.
Example: 19:45 (7:45 P.M.).
7. Wait for two seconds.
8. Press

STOP.

9. Enter

the fax number.

(

10.Press
START.
The fax machine
will wait
specified time to call.

Setting

the Daily

Timer

( ENTER
( MEMORY

FAX

NO.
100%

)-%
J
)

[ NJ O FICE
)
( 09/12/1996 15:25 )
until

the

(for Delayed

Transmissions)

The Daily Timer function lets you send a fax at a set time every day. This is handy for sending
delayed jobs that must go out at the same time daily. Once you enter the time, you don't have to
enter it again. The setting will stay the same until you change it. So you can use it everyday, or
only on days when you need it.

n

iI:14 D]_:,];jwr-'¥&VJI! I_1: [o_
(__09/12/1996

i. Press

FUNCTION.

2. Press

7.

(

3. Press

2.

( 2.DAILY

6-7

15:25

1.TEMP.SETTINGS
7.SETUP

SYSTEM

]

TIMER

]

ADVANCED

4. Enter

the

time in 24-hour

format

using the number keys.
Example: 19"45 (7:45 P.M.I.
5. Wait for two seconds,
to exit.

(

ENTER

TIME:QO:O0

]

(

ENTER

TIME:19:45

)

2.DAILY

TIMER

]

STOP

press

SENDING FAXES

FAX TRANSMISSIONS

Broadcasting
By using the numbers you have stored for One-Touch dialing, Speed-Dialing,
or group dialing, you
can autonmtically
send faxes to a maximum of 90 different locations (FAX 1350M/1450MC/MFC
1850MC) or 130 locations (FAX 1550MC/MFC
1950MC) at once.
You can not broadcast
to a number that has not been stored in memory.
m|l,i,"

_

1. Insert

tile

documents

into

the

feeder.
2. Press

i -"I:I _]H "JIFVdlkV,
vlII I_']-"[o]kvLl..=_

(

09/12/1996

(

FAX:

COPY:

((
SUPER

NO.

)

START

)

PRESS

COPY

] )

Q.SCAN.

((
the One-Touch

key(s)

1_00_

MEMORY

FAX

( ENTER
3. Enter

&

15:25

NO

))

)

and/or

Speed-Dialnumber(s),oneafterthe

(

AL L

BROTH

(

MEMORY

[

DIALING

(

SENDING

ER

)

other,
or a Group
number.
Example: Group number.

4. Press START and the fax machine
will read
the documents
into
memory,
and then start
faxes to all the numbers
tered.

sending
you en-

100%

P.01

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
Getting

Familiar

with

* To stop the broadcast

the

Broadcasting

in progress,

Function

press STOP.

* Enter the chain dialing numbers as you normally would, but keep in mind that
each key counts as one location, so the number of locations you can call becomes
limited.
(You have up to 90 different
locations
(FAX 1350M/1450MC/MFC
1850MC) or 130 locations on FAX 1550MC/MFC
1950MC you can call with OneTouch, Speed-Dial,
and group numbers.}
* If the line is busy or for some other reason a connection could not be made during
broadcasting,
the fax machine will re-dial the number automatically.
(See page 65.)
* If the memory is full, press STOP to abort the job or press START to send the
portion that is in the memory (if more than one page has been scanned.) (See page
6-6.)

)
]

SENDING FAXES

ADVANCED
FAXTRANSMISSIONS

Helpful Hints 1. Use the Telephone

Index to help you choose the numbers

you want to broadcast.

(See page 5-2.)
2. After transmission
is completed,
a Broadcast
Report
automatically
to let you know the result of the transmission.

Sending

will

be printed

by Multi-Transmission

Use multi-transmission
for sending several different faxes to several destinations
at once. For
example, you can automatically
fax "Document
A" to one destination
and "Document
B" to
another destination.
This is not to be confused
destinations.

with

Broadcasting,

which

is sending

one document(s)

to ninny

If you wish, you can combine this function with broadcasting
so that you can fax different
documents
to different lists of people at the same time. To do this, store various sets of documents
in memory. Then automatically
your machine will fax "Document A" to one list of people and
"Document
B" to another list of people. You can preset 3 different documents
including timer
transmission
in memory.

09/12/1996
,

.

Insert "Document
feeder.

A" into the

Press SHIFT + SUPER

Q.SCAN to-

gether to send by multiple transmission.
The display shows remaining memory.
.

Enter

the fax number.

of numbers
ing.)
,

.

if you are

Press START to start
documents.

.

(Or a series

Repeat the step
third document.

scanning

((

NJ

(

MULTI

START

]_

COPY

NO

]

_i00])

OFFICE

TX

100%

)

ENTER
( PRESS

FAX
NO.
START
KEY

]]
)

C MULTI

TX

)

will begin
it has.)

1, 2, 3, 4 for the

II

( MU,TITX
ENTER
FAX
(

&

PRESS

( 09/12/1996 15.27 )

I_

.......

70%

)

DIALING

After 30 seconds, your fax machine
will start sending the documents
in scanned order.

6-9

NO.

COPY:

]

broadcast-

scanned.
(If you wait more
30 seconds to scan another

document,
the machine
to send the document(s)
.

(_

Insert
"Document
B" within
30
seconds
after "Document
A" has
been
than

FAX:

((

15:25

II!IH I

...................

I

........................... _

.........

Jill

ADVANCED

After

scanning

documents,

Helpful Hints

SENDING FAXES

FAX TRANSMISSIONS

your fax machine

will start

sending

them

in scanned

order.

If you press only SUPER Q.SCAN instead of SHIFT + SUPER Q.SCAN for the
last document,
your fax machine will start dialing without
waiting for 30
seconds.

Interrupting

the

Timer

and

Polled

Job

You can send a fax without canceling the timer (see page 6-7j or polled waiting (see page 8-2) with
documents
in the feeder by "interrupting"
it. When you interrupt
the timer to send a "new" set
of documents,
the fax machine does not automatically
re-dial the number if it is busy. Also, you
can not use the function mode when you are interrupting
the timer or polled waiting.
Example: TIMER WAITING with a document in the feeder.
m mHHm,

(

TIMER

WAITING

)

1. Press

FUNCTION.

(

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

]

2. Press

0.

(

0.INTERRUPT

)

(

REMOVE

DOCUMENT

)

(

INSERT

DOCUMENT

)

COPY

)'-_

3. Wait

for two seconds.

4. Remove
machine.

documents

from

5. Place the "new" documents
feeder.

the

fax

into the

(" FAX

OR

(FUNC

0

6. Enter the new fax number
for the
documents
you are sending
now,
then press START.

( DIALING

7. After the transmission
is finished,
place the "old" documents
back into
the feeder.

(

8. Press FUNCTION
the timer.

_l]

......

_

INSERT

( FAX
( FUNC

OR
0

.......

)

i_

•

--

P.01

)

DOCUMENT

]

COPY
TO
RESET

]]
]
)

WAITING

_

J

)

O. INTERRUPT
( TIMER

'--

RESET

(" SENDING

and 0 to restore

.......

TO

_,,,_

]

_¢',._

6-10

SENDING FAXES

Canceling

ADVANCED

FAX TRANSMISSIONS

a Job

Use the cancel job function to permanently
remove scheduled tasks such as polling or polled job
(see page 8-2) and timer lob (delayed sending) (see page 6-7) from your fax machine.
Example:

TIMER

WAITING

with documents

in the feeder.

_.

.

Press

2. Press

(

TIMER

FUNCTION.

(

I.TEMP.SETTINGS

2.

( 2.CANCEL

Any waiting jobs that have been _ct up
will appear in the display.
If no jobs are waiting to be processed, a
"NO JOB WAITING" message will appear
in the display.
,

.

.

.

((.
(

Use --9 (left arrow) or _
(right
arrow) to select the job you wish to
cancel.
Press SET.

Press I to cancel the selected
job, or
2 to exit without
canceling.
If I is selected, the job will be canceled
and the next job in the queue will appeal"
in the display.

To cancel the next job, press I again.
To exit, simply press 2.

I_N!!

6-11

|'- I :i D]_']_ tE.VAv_vj
III _',] -'[e]vjv_

((.

19:45
SELECT

WAITING

)
)

JOB
NJ
<- ÷

]

OFFIC
& SET

))
)

19:45

NJ

OFFIC

]

19:45
1.CLEAR

NJ 0FFIC
2.EXIT

_

FAX TRANSMISSION

D) FAX TRANSMISSION
Setting

the

Overseas

SENDING FAXES

OPTIONS

OPTIONS
Mode

If you experience difficulty with sending faxes overseas, you may want to use the Overseas
Using the Overseas mode is an effective way to send faxes overseas.

1. Insert
feeder.

the

documents

into

tile

2. Press FUNCTION.
3. Press 1.
4. Press 6.

5. Press --_ (left arrow) or P-_ (right
arrow) to switch to ON.
6. Press

SET.

7. Press

STOP to exit.
_(

8. Then start the fax sending
tion. (See page 6-4.)
After sendingyour
fax, the overseas
will switch itself OFF.

opera-

mode

(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(

09/12/1996

(

6.OVERSEAS

(

ENTER
PRESS

FAX:
COPY:

NO.

&

mode.

15:25

)

START

)_

PRESS

COPY

)

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

)

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

)

6.OVERSEAS

MODE

)

OVERSEAS:OFF
SELECT
÷ ÷

&

)_
)

SET

OVERSEAS:ON

)
MODE

FAX
NO.
START
KEY

)
]_
)

J

SENDING FAXES

Setting

Your

FAXTRANSMISSION
OPTIONS

Fax Machine

for Multiple

Resolution

Transmission

This is a temporary
setting for the current transmission,job
only.
You can set the resolution
of the documents
you send by pressing RESOLUTION.
Once you set
the resolution,
all the pages will be sent at the same resolution.
However, there may be times
when you want to send some pages at one resolution,
such as "standard",
and ether pages in
another resolution,
such as"photo." If you send all pages in photo resolution, for instance, it would
take a great deal of time. It is better to specify the resolution
for each page to minimize
transmission
time. This is made possible by using the 1.TEMP. SETTINGS
function.
m

m

|" 1:11
_][,"];,llr.'YAv,
vji III_]: [e_',v.._U_

( 09/12/1996
1. Insert
feeder.

the

documents

into

the

(

FAX:
COPY:

((

NO.
&
PRESS

2. Press

FUNCTION.

(

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

3. Press

1.

(

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

4. Press

5.

(

5.

(

PAGE

(

SELECT

(

PAGE

01:FINE

PAGE

02:FINE

FAX:
COPY:

NO.
&
PRESS

(
.

.

Press -.9 (left arrow) or _
(right
arrow) to find the resolution
you
want for the first page of your
documents.
Example: FINE.
Press

SET.

15:25
START
COPY

))
]

)

RESOLUTION
01:STANDARD
<- -> &

SET

)'%
.J
)
)

Return to step 5 for setting the resolution
for page 2 and the following pages.
.

.

When you finish setting the resolution for all your pages, press STOP.
Enter

9. Press

the fax number.
START.

The resolution
will revert to STANDARD after the documents have been sent.

___

6-13

:i'"

"_-12 .......

I1"117

((

START-]
COPY
)

FAX TRANSMISSION

Sending

a Fax

with

an Electronic

SENDING FAXES

OPTIONS

Cover

Page

Message

An automanc
Cover Page wall allow you to send details of who the fax is going to, who it is from
and when it was sent. This is what the Cover Page looks like:

09/12/1996

15.25

COVER PAGE
NJ OFFICE
14155551212

(1)

FAX:

BROTHER
4155554444
4155554445

(2)

FAX:
TEL:

03 PAGE[S] TO FOLLOW
PLEASE CALL

(3)

TO:

FROM:

COMMENT:

(4)

{1) The "TO" information
comes from the One-Touch
or the Speed-Dial
dialing manually,
the name of the destination
will be left blank.
(2) The "FROM"

information

comes from the Station

menmry.

If you are

ID.

(3) The number of pages you are sending.
When Cover Page is sent each time by using the
automatic
settings (see page 6-16), the number of pages will be left blank.
If you have used the temporary
Cover Page setting (see page 6-17,18), the number of pages
you entered will be listed.
(4) Your comments.

You may customize

the comments

(see page 6-15).

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
The

Comments

Selection

on the

Cover

Page

You can choose one comment from among 6 options. The first option is to send no
comment at all. The next 3 are built-in comments, and the last two are ones you can
enter yourself. (For more information
see page 6-15 "Customizing
Your Cover Page
Comment".)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

..................

COMMENT
OFF
PLEASE CALL
URGENT
CONFIDENTIAL
(Your own customized
(Your own customized

I B_..

comment
comment

r

p!

......

up to 27 characters).
up to 27 characters).

rr

.

!

.

[1! .......

'TC 7.....

C::TT_"

._.-

6-14

SENDING FAXES

FAXTRANSMISSION
OPTIONS

Customizing

Your

Cover

You can customzze

the comment

Page

Comment

on your Cover Page as follows:

=

iI."1:11
D]_,1",J
IV_,%'A,,,j
I ! I,']; _o:_v,'_
(

09/12/1996

1. Press

FUNCTION.

2. Press

7.

( 7.SETUP

3. Press

6.

6.SET

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

4. Press _
(left arrow) or _
(right
arrow) to select 5 or 6 where you
wish to store a comment.
Example: 5.
SET.

1

COVERPAGE

1

.

Enter
your customized
comment
by using the number keys (up to 27
characters).
(See page 3-9~10 for more details.)
Example: TOP SECRET.
Press

8. Press

&

SET

1

,)_

:7

(5.

]

(

SET.

(" ÷

[5.

((
.

1

SYSTEM

(Is. SELECT

5. Press

15:25

))

ENTER

&

SET

5. TOP

SECRET

)

6.SET

COVERPAGE

)

STOP to exit.

Printing

the

Cover

Page

You can print a Cover Page to check the format.

!

i'i | i]_.-]_l_,\'lu, i ilit_,- f_
09112/1996

15:25

1. Press

FUNCTION.

( 1.TEMP.SETTINGS

2. Press

3.

( 3.PRINT

3. Press

4.

4.COVERPAGE
( PRESS

4. Press

START.

REPORTS

START

KEY

PRINTING

]InIni[]=[]

6-15

FAX TRANSMISSION

To Always

Send

a Cover

SENDING FAXES

OPTIONS

Page

If you often send an automatic
Cover Page, you can set it to ON to avoid having to set up the
details of the Cover Page each time. Here is how you can switch the setting for the automatic
Cover Page to ON or OFF:

i,.

111:ll I,]!,.1r,,11r_"%'&vlvl
II I1,.I"-[e:lv,
v,i.=,,_
( 09/12/1996

15:25

)

1. Press

FUNCTION.

( 1.TEMP.SETTINGS

)

2. Press

5.

( 5.USER

)

3. Press

3.

( 3.COVERPG

OPTIONS
ON/OFF

COVERPAGE:OFF
( SELECT
e ÷

SET

( COVERPAGE:ON

4. Press -.9 tier1, arrow) or _
trlght
arrow) to choose ON or OFF.
Example: ON.
5. Press

&

)
))
]
]

SET.
(
(

1.C0MMENT
SELECT
•

OFF
-> & SET

)
J"

6. If you selected
ON, you need to
select a comment,
by pressing
--9
(left arrow) or _
(right arrow).
Example: 2.PLEASE CALL. (See page 614.)

(

2. PLEASE

CALL

]

7. Press

SET.

(

3.COVERPG

8. Press

STOP to exit.

ON/OFF

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
Sending

an Automatic

Cover

Page

If you have the Cover Page ON/OFF setting to ON, the total number of pages will not
be printed on the Cover Page. Also, the comment you selected when you set it to ON
will be printed on all the Cover Pages you send.

6-16

SENDING FAXES

Sending

a Fax

FAXTRANSMISSION
OPTIONS

When

the

Cover

Page

Is ON
_

1. Insert

the

.

Enter

3. Press

(

09/12/1996

the

(

COVERPAGE

display
will
say
ON" for one second.

(

FAX:

(

COPY:

documents

feeder.
The
"COVERPAGE

| -"I::11
D][,,']_ Ir-_k'AYj
I tl_'] -"[e]v,v.AiWl

into

the fax number.

NO

START.

(

Your machine will begin transmitting the Cover Page and original
document.

When

Using

the

Cover

Page

15:25
ON

NO.

&

START

PRESS

COPY

OFFICE

]_
J
]

DIALING

( SEND

]

]
COVERPAGE

)

( SENDING

P.01

Temporarily

J:l:l,Ira-Jr._,'A,,,_t
Im._:[,_,,,_
(
1. In_crt
feeder.

the

documents

into

the

(

09/12/1996

( FAX:
COPY:

--(

NO.
&
PRESS

15:25

)

START
COPY

)_
)

2. Press

FUNCTION.

( 1.TEMP.SETTINGS

)

3. Press

I.

( 1.TEMP.SETTINGS

)

4. Press

7.

7.COVERPAGE

(

COVERPAGE:OFF

--(

SELECT

5. Press -41 (left arrow} or _
(right
arrow) to select ON or OFF.
Example: ON.
6. Press

SET.

.

Press --9 (left arrow) or D-- (right
arrow) to select the comment
you
want.
Example: 2.PLEASE CALL.
Press

SET.

9. Enter the number of pages you are
sending.
(Enter
"0" to leave the
number of pages blank.)

6-17

÷

÷

))
&

SET

[ COVERPAGE:ON

(
"_(

.

)

)
)

( 1.COMMENT
OFF
)_
SELECT
<" ÷ & SET)
(

2.

PLEASE

CALL

)

( TOTAL

PAGES?

:_0

( TOTAL

PAGES?

:02_

• ..LI I

I

r

l

)

FAX TRANSMISSION

10.Wait

for two seconds.

ll.Press

STOP to exit.

(

7.C0VERPAGE

(

ENTER

FAX

PRESS

START

_(
12.Enter

13.Press

the fax number.

(

(

a Fax

NJ

]
NO.

]
KEY

0FFICE

]_
]

( OIALING
)
(SENDCOVERPAGE
)

START.

Sending

SENDING FAXES

OPTIONS

with

Call

SENDING

P.01

]

Reservation

You can send a fax and then talk to the recipient using the Call Reservation
feature. After your
fax has been printed on the receiving end, the receiving fax machine will ring as if it were receiving
a telephone call. If the recipient
picks up the handset, your fax machine will ring. Then you can
pick up your handset and start a conversation.
If you have both Call Reservation
and Call Back
Message set to ON and the recipient does not pick up the handset when it rings, your fax machine
will leave a fax message asking them to call you.

1. Insert
feeder.

the

documents

2. Press

FUNCTION.

3. Press

1.

4. Press

3.

into

(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(

the

5. Press --9 (left arrow) or _
(right
arrow) to select Call Reservation
ON or OFF.
Example: Call Reserve ON.
6. Press

09/12/1996
FAX:
COPY:

NO.

&

15:25

]

START

)_
J

PRESS

COPY]

I.TEMP.SETTINGS

]

I.TEMP.SETTINGS

)

3. CALL

)

RESERVE

CALL
RESERVE:OFF
SELECT
e ÷ & SET

])
]

CALL

]

RESERVE:0N

SET.
(

CALL
BACK:OFF
SELECT
+ ÷ &

7. Press "9 (left arrow) or _
(right
arrow) to select Call Back Message
ON or OFF.
Example: Call Back Message ON.

(

CALL

8. PressSET.

(

3.CALL

((

9. PressSTOP.

_(

ENTER

BACK:

ON

RESERVE
FAX

NO.

SET

")_
)
]

]
]_

( PRESSSTARTKEY ]

6-18

SENDING FAXES

FAXTRANSMISSION
OPTIONS

10.Enter

the fax number.

( NJ

11.Press

START.

( DIALING

12.Pick

up your handset

)
]

OFFICE

if it rings.

09/12/1996

15 25

=== CALL BACK MESSAGE ===
TO:
FAX:
FROM:

NO OFFICE
14155551212
BROTHER

PLEASE CALL AT [TEL]
[FAX]

4155554445
4155554444

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
Using
1. There

the

Call

Reservation

Function

are some fax machines

that

will not respond

to this function.

2. When you use auto re-dialing, you cannot use the Call Reservation
function, but
if Call Back Message is ON, your fax machine will leave a Call Back Message to
ask the other party call you.
3. You cannot

use Call Reservation

4. You must register
(See page 4-3.)

Printing

the

You can print

Call

a sample

your

Back

with the timer

Station

ID number

FUNCTION.

2. Press 3.
3. Press 5.

4. Press START.

6-19

function.

to set Call Back Message:

ON.

Message

Call Back Message

to check the format.

(
1. Press

or with the polling

09/12/1996

(" 1.TEMP.

15:25
SETTINGS

]
]

( 3.PRINT REPORTS
]
( S.CALLBACKMSG)
(

PRESS

(

PRINTING

START

KEY

)
]

FAX TRANSMISSION

ECM

(Error

Correction

OPTIONS

SENDING FAXES

Mode)

The Error Correction
Mode tECM) is a way for the machine to check the integrity
of a fax
transmission
while it is in progress. ECM transmissions
are possible only between machines that
both have the ECM feature. If they do, you may send and receive fax messages that are continually
checked for their integrity.
Sufficient

Error

memory

nmst be available

in your machine

for this feature

to work.

Re.Transmission

Error Re-Transmission
is helpful when the receiving machine does not have ECM. Even though
your machine cannot check the integrity of the message, it will resend the page(s) affected after
occurrences
of accidental noise have caused an error.

,_€:k'_-'ll[all "J:1:[,'!-_

(

09/12/1996

1. Press

FUNCTION.

2. Press

5.

(

3. Press

4.

( 4.ERROR

4. Press
-,-I (left arrow)
arrow) to choose either
Example: ON.
5. Press

SET.

6. Press

STOP

- This feature
page 6-6-10).

i

m i:i :i,] m I.vA,,,JtI

15:25

]

I.TEMP.SETTINGS

or _-- (right
ON or OFF.

5.USER

C

ERROR

"'(

SELECT

( ERROR

4.ERROR

OPTIONS

)

RE-TX

)

RE-TX:OFF
<'- -)'

&

I_
SET

RE-TX:ON

RE-TX

)

)

)

to exit.

is available

only for memory

transmission

using

Super

Quick-Scan

(see

6-20

SENDING FAXES
Next-FAX

FAX TRANSMISSION

OPTIONS

Reservation

You can use Next-FAX Reservation
for sending a fax when the fax machine is busy receiving or
transmitting
from memory. This function saves you from having to wait until the incoming fax
has printed
or the fax stored in memory has finished
transmission.
To use the Next-FAX
Reservation
feature insert the documents
as you normally would and follow a few other simple
steps.
Ill

Illi

IIIIr

I

I

]

[ RECEIVING P.01)
i. Insert the
feeder.

2. Enter

docun]ents

( ENTER

into the

a fax number.

NO

&

START

)

( 1 41 5 5 5 5 1 2 3 4

)

3. Press STABT.

( PR ES S

)

4. PressSET.

(

NEXT-FAX

(

DIALING

- Ifa One-Touch
sound.

or SPEED

DIAL number

is selected

that

S ET
RESERVD

)

is not stored,

a warning

beep will

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
Next-FAX Reservation
cannot be used when there are documents in the document
feeder awaiting
timer transmission
or polled waiting
or when the interrupt
function is in use.
2.

3.

When you are making a call using Next-FAX Reservation,
you can dial manually,
or use One-Touch, Speed-Dial,
Redial, or Chain dialing. However, when you use
One-Touch
dialing, the screen will only display the number of the One-Touch
number you are using, such as "*01" and not the name of the person you are
calling. Similarly,
if you use Speed- dialing, the screen will show you only the
Speed-Dial
number, such as "#02".
You can set the resolution for Next-FAX Reservation
by pressing RESOLUTION,
but you can not change any settings using the FUNCTION
key. (For example you
cannot change a setting for multiple resolution
transmission
by using function
mode. )

4. To cancel

6-21

a Next-FAX

Reservation,

remove

the

documents

and

press

STOP.

BASIC

SETUP

TO RECEIVE

RECEIVING FAXESAND OTHERCALLS

FAXES

7. RECEIVING FAXESAND OTHER CALLS .......
A) BASIC

SETUP

TO RECEIVE

Selecting

an Answer

:2 Y

FAXES

Mode

There are four answer modes for your fax machme. Choo_e the inode that suits your needs by
pressing the MODE button repeatedly
until you have changed the AUTO and Ffr lights to the
setting you want. For more information
about a particular
mode, refer to the page number given.
( 0
means light off. \\/1
O
means light on.)
Answer

Mode

1. MANUAL

How
0

AUTO
I- _t_
O Frr
\\

it Works

See Page

You control the phone line and must answer every call
yourself. Use this mode when you are using a computer
modem on the line or if you receive very few fax messages.

7-2

(Automatic) The fax machine automatically
answers
every call with fax tones (dedicated fax line). You can
not receive a telephone call, but you can use the line to
call out.

7-2

//

2. AUTO

O

Affro
[-M_i_
O Ftr

3. Ffr

O

Atrro
(Fax/Telephone)
The fax machine controls the phone
[- M_iOM_ line and automatically
answers every call. If it answers
OFtr
/ \_
and hears fax tones coming over the line, it will receive
the fax message. If the fax machine answers and does
not hear fax tones, it will ring for you to pick up a phone
and take over the call. This mode is for people who
do not use an answering
machine.
You can not
have a telephone
answering
device in a separate
phone jack on the same phone line.

7-3

You must set the Ring Delay and F/T Ring Time. If
you have extension
phones on the line, set the Ring
Delay to 4 rings.
\\

//

4. MSG CTR
O AUTO
(Only for FAX
F- 2d_
1450MC/1550MC, _D..Ffr
MFC 1850MC/
1950MCI
\\

4'. TAD
{0nly for FAX
1350M)

(Message
Center)
The fax machine
automatically
answers
every call. The messages
are stored into
memory on a "first come, first served" basis.

11-1

(Telephone Answering Device) The answering
machine
controls the phone line and answers every call. As soon
as the TAD answers,
the fax machine listens for fax
tones; if it hears them it will take over the call and
receive the fax message. The TAD _must be a physical
device that is plugged
into the EXTjack
of the fax
machine.
Your fax machine
will not work with an
outside
telephone
answering
service.
TAD mode
can be set so you can leave it turned on when you are at
the fax machine and still have time to answer your calls
before the TAD picks up; you do not have to change
modes when you come and go.

7-14

//

O AUTO
[- TAD
_OFfr
/ \_

The Ring Delay and Ffr Ring Time do not apply!
The number
of rings is set on the answering
machine,
which overrides
the Ring Delay setting
on the fax machine.

7-1

RECEIVING FAXESAND OTHERCALLS

Manual

Reception

(MANUAL

BASIC
SETUP
TORECEIVE
FAXES

Mode)

When you set the Answer Mode to MANUAL, you must answer
is what you should do when using MANUAL Mode:
If You Get a...

Then

1. Regular

Talk as you normally

phone call

each incoming

call yourself.

You Should...
would.

2. Phone call and request
to send a fax

Press START when finished talking, and replace
Note: Sender must also press START.

3. Fax tone...

Press

Automatic

Fax

Only

START,

and replace

Reception

(AUTO

You can receive all your faxes automatically
ON). Select this mode by pressing MODE.

Setting

the Ring

Here

the handset.

the handset.

Mode)

in Automatm

Fax Reception

mode (AUTO

light is

Delay

You can set up the number
and F/T mode.

of rings before the fax machine

_

will receive

automatically

in AUTO

t; 1:11
D][_1r,i'__'lh'&';lIq,_l_ [elV_
(

09/12/1996

15:25

]

1. Press

FUNCTION.

(

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

)

2. Press

6.

(

6.TEL

OPTIONS

]

3. Press

2.

DELAY

)

2.RING
((

Press ---I (left arrow) or m.- (right
arrow) repeatedly
until you find
the number
of rings you want.
Example: 00.

.

RING
( SELECT
(

RING

DELAY:02
<- ÷ &
DELAY:O0

SET

]]
]
]

When you set 00, you can receive your
incoming faxes with no rings.
.

Press

6. Press

7-2

SET.

2.RING

DELAY

STOP to exit.

p11]

.. I

....

I

I!1

"

...............

"_ _,_

.......

)

BASICSETUPTORECEIVEFAXES RECEIVING FAXESAND OTHERCALLS

The FIT Switch

(FIT Mode)

When you share one line for your telephone and fax machine, in the F/T switch mode, the fax
machine can determine
whether an incoming call is a fax or a telephone call. (See Chart below.)
I Incoming Call

I

The fax machine

You pick up any

picks upafter ring

I

delay elapses.
l

will ring for 0-4 rings
I All extensions in the home I
(user selectable).

The fax machine picks up
the call and automatically
detects whether it is a fax
or voice call.
Faxcall

J

determine if it is a
I voice
ou must
manually
or fax
call.
/

Fax call

Voice call

I

[

Voice call

J

Fax reception is I
automatically
i activated.

I

Only the fax handset
rings, (double ring)
for you to pick up.
The handset will ring
for between 10-60
seconds
(user selectable).

I The
fax message II
is received.

The caller stays
on the line through
the entire 10-60 second
ring time.

I hecaer a'll
hang up.

delay selection.
extension within ring

A) If you are at the
fax machine, press
START.
B) If you are at an
extension phone,
you can transfer
the fax call to the fax
unit by pressing your
remote activation
code (three digits).

ITalk
asI
normal.

I

the fax handset. I
IY°upickup

I Ta,kasnormal,

I

is activated.
I The
fax mode I

IThecaller

....

may hang up. I

7-3

RECEIVING FAXESAND OTHERCALLS

Recording
an FIT Outgoing
Message
(Only for FAX 1450MC/1550MC
and

BASZC
SETUP
TORECEIVE
FAXES

(OGM)
MFC 1850MC/1950MC)

You can store an outgoing message in your fax machine
example, you can leave a message that says:

so that

callers

know what

to do. For

"Hi, I can not answer your call right now; please call me again later. If you send a fax, please wait
until you hear a fax tone and press the START key, or, press (your three-digit
remote activation
code) and press the START key."

,'4:t'/_l (ell -J:_:[,$_

_m l" 1:11
D][.!_ Ir_.¥'dkv,
vA1I!I_',]:[e),v,v_!_
(

09/12/1996

15:25

)

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

1. Press FUNCTION.
2. Press 8.

(

8.SETUP

MSG

CTR

( 6. OGM

3. Press 6.

(MSG
_(

)

CTR

SELECT

)

OGM
÷

÷

3
&

SET

)_

4. Press -9= (left arrow) or _
£right
arrow) repeatedly
until you get the
F/T OGM.

( F/T OGM

)

5. Press

SET.

( REC/ERASE/PLAY?

)

6. Press

RECORD.

PICK

7. Pick up the handset.
8. Record
onds.

a message

9. Press
STOP,
handset.
The recorded
matically.

i0.Press

message

20 sec-

replace

the

is played

auto-

f(
to exit.

STOP

Helpful Hints

HANDSET

RECORD

OGM:O0/20

( RECORD

0GM:15/20

)

OGM:20/20

)

(

RECORD

(

PLAYING
F/T

OGM

__

OGM

(. SELECT

)
÷

÷

&

SET

)

It is not necessary to have an outgoing message. The F/T mode will work fine
without one. It is only to help the caller understand
the status of your
machine.

.......

7-4

and

within

UP

[_r]![l[!

[P]!f!
[]!Ill

......

BASICSETUPTORECEIVEFAXES

Setting

the

FIT Ring

RECEIVING FAXES AND O I HI-I CALLb

Time

You can specify the nmxinmm time you want the fax machine to ring (double ring) to notify you
after it has answered a telephone call; there are four predefined settings: 10, 20, 30, or 60 seconds.
During this time, only the fax machine will ring. No other phones on the same line will ring.

m

i -"I:l DII-T-]Ir-',*AVJ
II I_1 -"[o1Y_
(

09/12/1996

15:25

)

1. Press

FUNCTION.

( 1. TEMP.SETTINGS

]

2. Press

6.

(

6.TEL

OPTIONS

)

3. Press

4.

(

4.F/T

RING

RING

TIME:20

((

(SELECT

4. Press --_ tlett arrow) or _--£rlght
arrow) repeatedly
until you find
the setting you want.
Example: 10 sec.

(RING

5. PressSET.

(

6. Press

÷

TIME

÷

&

TIME:IO

4.F/T

)

SEe

)

SET

]

SEC

RING

TIME

)

STOP to exit.

Smoothing
The smoothing
feature enhances the apt)earance
of incoming faxes by making the lines smooth
and takes no additional time. This function does not apply to outgoing faxes, or to lists or reports
you print. The initial setting is ON.
•

•

•

D

'

(

09/12/1996

15:25

1. Press

FUNCTION.

(

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

)

2. Press

5.

(

5.USER

)

3. Press

1.

(

1.SMOOTHING

((
_(
4. Press -'9 (left arrow) or _
(right
arrow) to choose ON or OFF.
Example: OFF.
5. Press

SET.

6. Press

STOP

OPTIONS

]

SMOOTHING:ON
SELECT
÷

÷

(

SMOOTHING:OFF

(

1.SMOOTHING

&

SET

)_
)
)

to exit.
....

! IIIl'"ll]l..

r It,",

Iml

......

I[ imm

7-5

RECEIVING FAXESAND OTHERCALLS

Setting

the

Size

of the Recording

There are three different settings
automatically
reduces and prints
paper size.

BASICSETUPTORECEIVEFAXES

Paper

for the size of the recording (printing) paper. The nmchine will
the incoming data according to the size setting of the recording

/i;l:ilP][-1"

;

,

( 09/12/1996

,,
15:25

,

.

)

1. Press

FUNCTION.

( 1.TEMP.SETTINGS

]

2. Press

5.

( 5.USER

]

3. Press

6.

( 6.RCD
f ( RCD

OPTIONS
PAPER

]

PAPER:LETTER

_

_( SELECT÷ _ _ SET]
.

Press --_ (left arrow) or D._ Irlght
arrow) to select either
LETTER,
LEGAL or A4.
Example : A4

5. Press

RCD

PAPER:A4

)

SET.

Go to the REDUCTION
setting
Function menu 5-5. (See page 7-7.)
.

(

in

REDUCTION:AUTO
)_
{(( SELECT
,--,_ SET)

Press --9 (left arrow) or D.- (right
arrow) to select either AUTO, 100%,
93%, 87%, or 75%.
Example: AUTO

7. PressSET.
8. Press STOP to exit.

REDUCTION:AUTO

(

6.RCD

PAPER

)

BASICSETUPTORECEIVEFAXES RECEIVING FAXESAND OTHERCALLS

Printing

a Reduced

Size

Copy

of the

Incoming

Document

You can avoid separating
data even if the document is longer than the recording paper by using
this function
to print a reduction
of the document.
There are two types of reduction:
Auto
Reduction
and Fixed Reduction.

Using Auto

Reduction

Ratios

Regardless
of the original size of the incoming document, it will be reduced so that it fits on one
page of recording paper. The machine will automatically
calculate the reduction ratio by taking
into account the size of the incoming document and the size of the recording paper you selected
in Function menu 5-6. (See page 7-6.)

Fixed

Reduction

The incoming document will be reduced at a fixed reduction ratio regardless
of the size of the
recording paper. The reduction ratios can be selected from among four choices: 100%, 93%, 87%,
or 75%.
i

i'1_ [D]_.1_ IEl_'d
k'#iIIIII[-!-"[elY#.,
(

09/12/1996

15:25

)

1. Press

FUNCTION.

(

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

)

2. Press

5.

(

5.USER

]

3. Press

5.

( 5.REDUCTION

OPTIONS

)

REDUCTION:AUTO
SELECT
÷ ÷

&

4. Press -9 (left arrow) o1"_
(right
arrow) to select the reduction
ratio
you want :
-If you want
Auto Reduction,
choose "AUTO".
- Choose 93%, 87%, or 75% if you
want Fixed Reduction.
Example: 93%
- Choose 100% if you want to record
the same size.

REDUCTION:

93%

5. Press

SET.

5.REDUCTION

6. Press

STOP to exit.

((

(

r

SET

)
)1

...

7-7

RECEIVING FAXESAND OTHERCALLS

"10U

(.,lit

u',('

.'\Lit()

[{t)ductlOh

[0

11_llkl(.l'

lllCOllllll_

BaSicSETUP
TORECEIVE
FAXES

tit)(.

Lllll(_'lll_b

tO

IlL

U[I

I)lll_'

13,I_L'

ul

recording paper, only as long as the original document is not longer than legal size.
If the original is longer than legal size, the data will not be reduced (see the For
Your Information
below.) and will carry over to print on a second page.
When you use Auto Reduction
and you receive
smaller than your recording paper, no reduction
When selecting Fixed Reduction,
as registered
in Function
menu

an incoming document
will take place.

you must consider the size of the recording
5-6. (See page 7-6.)

that

is

paper

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
Selecting

the Ratios

of Fixed

Otherpartysendsyou a documentthe
size of...
Letterdocument(8.5"x11")
(mostlyDomesticcommunications)
A4 document(8.2"xl 1.6")
(mostlyInternational
communications)

Legaldocuments(8.5"x14")

7-8

Reduction

Yourreceivingpapersizeis:
Letter

Recommended Reduction
Ratiois:
93%

A4, Legal

1OO%

Letter

87%

A4

93%

Legal

100%

Letter

75%

Legal

93%

B_Ic s_,7'ut,7'onECE_EF4X_,S RECEIVING FAXESAND OTHERCALLS

Speaker

Volume

There are three settings available
for the speaker volume, OFF, LOW, or HIGH. This setting
controls the loudness
of the fax machine's
speaker, which is connected to the phone line. The
initial setting is LOW.

( 09/12/1996
15:25
]
( 1.TEMP.SETTINGS
)
[ 6.TEL OPTIONS
,)
[ 3.SPEAKER
VOLUME
)
( SPEAKER:LOW
]
( SELECT
SET]"
[ SPEAKER:HIGH
]

1. Press FUNCTION.
2. Press 6.
3. Press 3.

4. Press -_. (left arrow) or _
arrow) to choose a setting
OFF, LOW, or HIGH.
Example: HIGH.

(right
either

(_ 3.SPEAKER

5. PressSET.
6. Press

Ring

VOLUME

STOP to exit.

Volume

You can set the ring volume

to either

OFF, LOW or HIGH.

m

The initial setting

is HIGH.

i" I=II.] gl: W-'VAv,
vlI! ILl: [eiVm_,,,

C09/12/1996
1. Prc_s FUNCTION.

3. Press 5.

4. Press --9 (left arrow) o1"...- (right
arrow) to choose either OFF, LOW,
or HIGH.
Example: LOW.
5. Press

SET.

6. Press

STOP to exit.

15:25

I.TEMP.SETTINGS

2. Press 6.

I [11|1

]

C6.TEL
( 5.RING
( RING
( SELECT
( RING

5.RING

)

OPTIONS

)

VOLUME

)

VOLUME:HIGH
÷

÷

)

&

VOLUME:LOW

)
SET

]J
]

VOLUME

I III!1

7-9

RECEIVING FAXESAND OTHERCALLS

Helpful Hints

Even

if you select

Reservation

ringing

BASZCSETUPTORECEIVEFAXES

OFF, the ring volume

will be LOW for F/T ringing,

and when the Distinctive

ringing

mode is SET.

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
Reception

into

MemorylOut

of Paper

Reception

If the paper cassette is empty, the LCD will display the message
Then please add more recording paper. (See page 1-7.)

"PAPER

EMPTY".

Your fax machine will automatically
store any incoming faxes in its memory if it runs
out of paper. The contents of the memory will be printed when you replace the new
recording
paper. The memory will not be lost as long as you do not turn off the
machine or disconnect the power.

7-10

Call

REMOTE
ACTIVATIONRECEIVING FAXESAND OTHERCALLS
B) REMOTE
What

ACTIVATION

is Remote

Activation?

If you answer a call that is a fax message, you can use the Remote Activation Code to make your
fax machine take over the call. If your fax machine answers a telephone call that is for you, you
can use the Remote Deactivation
Code to pick up the call at an extension phone. (You do not need
a code to take over a call at the fax machine.) You must use a touch tone phone.

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
Connecting

an External

or Extension

Telephone

You may connect an external telephone to your fax machine, as shown below. Use the
"EXT." jack on your fax machine. Alternately,
you may wish to use this "EXT." jack
to connect a telephone answering
device (TAD). An extension phone is a telephone
that is plugged into a separate
wall jack on the same line.

External
Telephone

Extension
Telephone

If the external telephone is in use, the warning message "EXT. TEL IN USE" will be
displayed
on the fax LCD. When the handset on the fax machine is picked up, an
alarm will sound.
You can disconnect
the external
phone and switch to the fax
machine's
handset by pressing HOOK.

Using

Remote

The Remote
Deactivation

Codes

Activation
Code (.51) is used in F/T mode, TAD mode and MSG CTR mode.
Code (#51) is used only in Ffr mode and MSG CTR mode.

The

7-11

RECEIVING FAXESAND OTHERCALLS REMOTEACTIVATION
Using

the Activation

Code:

When you are at the fax machine,
you will probably answer incoming calls before your fax
machine or answering
machine is programmed
to pick up. If you answer
a call and no one
seems to be on the line, assume
it is a fax message.
Do not hang up. You must activate your
fax machine to take over the call first. (If you are holding the fax handset,just
press START and
hang up.) If you are on an extension/external
phone, press ,51 and wait for your fax machine
to respond
before you hang up. After 3 seconds you will hear receiving tones (chirps) through
the handset of extension phone. Then hang up. You can repeat the code as many times as needed.
Your fax machine will take over the call and print the fax message. If your caller wants to talk
before sending the fax, you can have a conversation
first and then activate your fax machine with
the code.
The Remote Activation
Code can also be used by your callers. When you are using a TAD, your
outgoing message (OGM) should end with the statement
"to send a fax, press .51". (See the
section on Connecting
a Telephone
Answering Device for more information.)
Using

the Deactivation

Code:

When your fax machine is in Ffr mode, sometimes it will answer a call that is not fax calling tones
(a telephone call or manual fax). It will respond with a double ring (short, short) to alert you to
take over. Because it has already answered the call, only the fax machine will ring, extension
phones are no longer connected to the call. Pick up any phone except external phone on the line.
To take over the call at the fax machine:
Pick up the handset of the fax machine and talk to the caller as usual. If no one is there or someone
is trying to send you a manual
fax, press the START key and replace the handset.
Your fax
machine will display "receiving" and print the incoming fax message.
To take over the call at an extension

phone:

Pick up the handset on another telephone and press #51 quickly during the silence between
the double ring pattern.
When the fax machine hears the code it will stop ringing and let you
speak with the caller. If no one is on the line or someone is trying to send you a manual fax, send
the call back to the fax machine (.51).

Making

the Remote

Codes

Easier

to Use

You can change the codes at any time. It may be easier for you and your callers to press the _amc
key three times (Example: *** and ###). Although you can change the codes to any numbers you
want, try to avoid using digits for the Activation Code. The Remote Activation Code can not match
any number you dial. If you try to dial a phone number that includes the Activation Code, your
fax machine will go into receiving mode.

Troubleshooting
Somenmes
other equipment
on your phone hne rese_-ces a key that is in the Activation or
Deactivation code. (Some answering machines reserve the "*" key.) If the code you use to retrieve
messages from your answering
machine causes the line to be disconnected,
try changing the
Remote Codes. Change *51 to ### and #51 to 999. The Remote Activation and Deactivation
Codes
nmy not work with some telephone systems or telephone sets.
NOTE:

7-12

If you accidentally
pick up an extension phone when a fax message is being received, you
may disrupt the transmission
or render some portions unreadable.

]

REMOTEACTIVATION RECEIVING FAXESAND OTHERCALLS

Changing

and

Registering

Remote

Codes

m_*_]"4,] F.1
_nr=YAvj
I! nl.-]:[o_.vJmm
(
i. Pres=

FUNCTION.

2. Press

7.

3. Press

5.

( 7.SETUP

5. Press

SET.

6. Enter

new remote

code to activate.

(Factory
setting
is ".51".)
wait for 2 seconds.

8. Wait
9. Press

new

remote

(Factory

for 2 seconds.

)

CODE

)

REMOTE

ACT.

:0"

( SELECT

<" *

&

( REMOTE

ACT.:ON

SET

)--_
J
,)
]

ACT.CODE:*51

Then

code to deacti-

setting

)
]

SYSTEM

5.REMOTE

4. Press --_ (left arrow) or _
(right
arrow) to choose ON or OFF.
Example: ON.

vate.

15:25

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

(

7. Enter

09/12/1996

( DEACT.CODE:#51

]

( 5:REMOTE

)

is "#51".)

CODE

STOP to exit.

7-13

RECEIVING FAXESAND OTHERCALLS CO CrIONrOAr LE ON SW RINCD VIC CrA
C) CONNECTING
(TAD)

A TELEPHONE

How to Use External

TAD with

ANSWERING

DEVICE

the Unit

(The TAD Mode for FAX 1350M)
When you have a Telephone Answering Device on the fax phone line, the TAD will answer all the
incoming calls. Your Brother fax machine will listen in on the line for fax CNG tones. If it hears
them, it will take over the call and receive the fax message. If it does not hear fax tones, it will
let the TAD continue playing the outgoing message so the caller can leave a voice message.
The TAD must answer within 4 rings (2 rings are recommended).
The fax machine can not hear
the CNG calling tones until the TAD answers the call. With 4 rings, only 8-10 seconds of CNG
calling tones are left for the "handshake".
So you must strictly follow the instructions
for
recording the OGM.
You must erase the incoming messages frequently
on your TAD. When the TAD's memory
it will not answer any incoming calls (fax or voice).
Set the TAD : EXT mode in the Message
7-1).)

Storage.

(Set the TAD mode for FAX 1350M (see page

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
Connecting

an External

TAD

to the

Unit

You may connect an external TAD to your fax machine,
"EXT." jack on your fax machine.

__

IM!I!IH!

7-14

!

_!

as shown

below. Use the

TAD

. _

.........................

phone line. This will cause problems because
- your
Do notfax
connect
a TAD
the try
sameto
machine
and elsewhere
TAD will on
both
control the line.

" .......

is full

.

........

CONNECTIONTOA TEL@HONEANSWERINGDEVICE(TAD)

Example
(Sequence

of the Sequence
of TAD Mode

RECEIVING FAXESAND 01HER CALLS

of External
TAD Reception
for FAX 1350M)
Incoming

Examplel
TAD : EXT. mode.
(TAD mode for1350M)

Call ]

I
The call is picked up
the external TAD.
commended short
TAD ring delay such
as 1 or 2 rings.)

1
automatically
activated by
I fax
Fax tone.
reception

Aut_
is

l

dialed
fax call

The external TAD
out_loing message
begins. (Recommended
setting for TAD is 2
r ngs.)

Ma-_ual
dialed
fax
II
ca

The caller
press
your must
remote
activation code
to activate the
fax machine.

I
Voice call 1

The fax message
is received on
paper,

I

I
II
voice message on the
The
callerTAD.
leaves a
external

=[The
fax message
received
on paper.is I

The caller
can also
send a fax message,

Hookup
There is only one way you can hook up a Telephone Answering Device (TAD) on the fax phone line.
The TAD must be plugged into the back of the fax machine in the jack labeled EXT. Your fax
machine can not work properly if you plug the TAD into a wall jack. Follow these steps:
1. Plug the telephone line cord from the wall jack into the back of the fax machine in the jack
labeled LINE.
2. Plug the telephone line cord from your TAD into the back of the fax machine in the jack labeled
EXT. (Double check that the telephone line cord comes from the jack in the TAD for telephone
line and not for telephone set.)
3. Put your fax machine in TAD mode by turning both the AUTO and F/T lights on.
4. Set your TAD to 4 rings or less. (The fax machine's
Ring Delay setting does not apply).
5. Turn the TAD's Answer mode to ON.
6. Record the OGM (outgoing message) on your TAD as explained below

Recording

the

TAD's

Outgoing

Message

(OGM)

The TAD's outgoing message is important
because it must be set up to handle
receptions: automatic
and manual. Timing is important.

two kinds

of fax

1. Record 5 seconds of silence as the beginning of your message. (Your fax machine will be able
to hear the fax calling tones, of automatic
fax transmissions,
before they stop.)
2. Limit your speaking to 20 seconds.
3. End your 20 second message by giving your Remote Activation Code for people sending manual
faxes:
"After the beep, leave a message or send a fax by pressing .51."
NOTE:

Do not assume that most callers send faxes automatically.
they are not sending fax tones when they lift the handset
machines may not send fax tones.

Many people do not realize
or press HOOK. Also, some

7-15

RECEIVING FAXESAND OTHERCALLS

D) DISTINCTIVE
Distinctive

D,STINCTIVER*NOINO

RINGING

Ringing

What Is Distinctive

Ringing?

Distinctive ringing is a service offered by the telephone carriers that allows you to have several
different numbers on one phone line, each with it own distinctive ringing pattern. This way, when
you get an incoming call, you can identify the number being called by its ring. Your local telephone
company can provide more information
about this service. The service is usually offered as a
monthly charge to your normal telephone bill.

Can My Fax Machine

Use Distinctive

Ringing?

Yes, it has a distinctive ringing function that allows you to register the distinctive ringing pattern
of an additional phone number on the line (See page 7-17-18). The number you register must be
the number you want to use as your dedicated fax number. Once you register the ringing pattern,
the fax machine will be able to identify its own incoming calls and automatically
receive faxes at
that number. You can register only one ringing pattern. There are some ringing patterns that can
not be registered.

Can I Change

the Setting

Yes, you can change

Later?

or cancel

the distinctive

How Will the Fax Machine

Treat

All

ringing

setting

anytime.

Other

Distinctive

Ringing?

It will act the way it normally
does. In other words, the fax machine will treat all the other
unregistered,
distinctive
rings according
to the machine's
answer mode setting (MANUAL,
AUTO, F/T, or TAD). For instance, ifa call comes in that is not for your (registered)
dedicated fax
number, and the machine is set to MANUAL, the fax machine will respond as per the MANUAL
mode.

How Does

the Distinctive

Ringing

Function

Work ?

When you receive an incoming call, the fax machine compares the ring pattern with the one that
is registered.
If the two are identical, then the fax machine automatically
accepts the call as an
incoming fax. Otherwise,
the fax machine will treat the call in the usual way, depending on the
machine's
answer mode setting (MANUAL, AUTO, F/T, or TAD (1350M)fMSG
CTR (1450MC/
1550MC, 1850MC/1950MC)).
The function has 3 modes: (ON, SET, OFF). Set it to ON when you
want to use it, and to OFF when you do not want to use it. Use the SET mode for registering
a
number.

What is the Advantage

of Using

By registering
a ring pattern (see
efficient way possible should you
function ON, you can receive your
other numbers do not have to talk
numbers by using only one line.

7-16

the Distinctive

Ringing

Function?

page 7-17-18) you may operate your fax machine in the most
require the distinctive
ringing service. With the distinctive
faxes automatically,
and people who call you on one of your
to your fax machine.
It basically gives you two independent

DISTINCT1VERINGINGRECEIVING FAXESAND OTHERCALLS
Helpful Hints

If You Do Not Have a Distinctive
Ringing Service...
Your phone carrier can give you more information
about it. If you are not
currently
using a distinctive
ringing
service,
don't try to set up your
distinctive
ring feature.
It may cause your machine
to malfunction.
If
your phone carrier provides this service and you decide to use it, it's a good idea
to use one of the new numbers you receive as your fax number and keep the old
number for it's original
purpose.
Remember
to tell your customers
and
colleagues your new fax number.
If You Already
Have a Distinctive
Ringing
Service...
It is a good idea to register the ring pattern of your existing dedicated fax
number. Use the registration mode under the distinctive ringing function. You
will not be able to use the fax machine's distinctive
ringing feature until this
pattern has been registered.
(See this page.)

Setting

the Distinctive

Ringing

Function

If you currently
have a distinctive
ringing service (a telephone service that provides you with
multiple numbers, each with a distinctive ring, on one line), you can register any one of the ring
patterns
of your line with your fax machine so that it can immediately
identify a call as an
incoming fax by the distinctive ring pattern it uses. You also will need to arrange to have someone
call your fax machine to set the distinctive ring number (step 7).
You may have difficulty
registering
a distinctive
ring pattern
if your fax machine
is
connected
to a telephone
answering
device. Disconnect
it before you set this function.

m

II"i:11*_[,'];,IlF-Y&VA
IIII_'F [tY,!_
(

09/12/1996

15:25

]

1. Press

FUNCTION.

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

]

2. Press

6.

6.TEL

)

3. Press

6.

6.DISTINCTIVE

OPTIONS

)

]%
( C DISTINCTIVE:OFF
SELECT
SET
4. Press --_ deft arrow) or m-- (right
arrow) to find the SET mode.

( DISTINCTIVE:SET

)

5. Press

SET.

( 6.DISTINCTIVE

)

6. Press

STOP.

( D/R

]

SET

MODE

IMPORTANT:
- "DFR SET MODE" stays on screen
until set.
- You now must wait for someone to
call the dedicated
line's
fax
number
with distinctive
pattern
or ask a friend to call your specific
distinctive
ring fax number.

7-17

RECEIVING FAXESAND OTHERCALLS

7. Once someone calls, listen carefully
and see if the ring pattern
is the
distinctive
pattern
corresponding
to the number you want to register.
If it is and the LCD shows the
message "PICK UP TO SET", after
two or more rings lift up the handset on the fax machine.
8. Press START
cancel).

to set

DISTINCTIVE
RINGING

(

f_

P I CK

START
(STOP

(or STOP to

(

UP

TO

TO
TO

SET

SET

)
)

CANCEL

REGISTERED
TELEPHONE/FAX

9. Press START again to receive the
incoming fax, or if the call is a voice
call, talk into the handset.

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
While

You

Are

Setting

the Distinctive

Ringing

Function:

1. When someone calls your fax machine, it will continue to ring until you pick up the
handset or press HOOK, even if you have set the number of rings.
2. If you get a call and the ring pattern is NOT the one you want
STOP. (See step 8 above to cancel programming.)
3. There

are some ring patterns

4. Answer
answer
Once

You

that

cannot

be registered.

to register,

Try a different

press
one.

mode is automatically
switched to MANUAL during registration.
The
mode that you had set before distinctive
ringing registration
will flash.
Have

Finished

Setting

the

Distinctive

Ringing

Function:

1. Some Telephone
Answering Devices may pick up a call before your fax machine
finishes detecting the ringing pattern. We suggest you set your Answering Device
ring delay to its maximum
setting.
2,

You will not hear the first two rings of all incoming calls on the fax machine.
However, other extension
phones connected to the same line, or any external
phones connected to the fax machine will ring. If the fax machine recognizes the
distinctive
ring pattern, it will accept the call automatically
as an incoming fax,
and you will not hear further ringing. If it does not, you will hear the phones
continue to ring, and the fax machine will also ring.

3.

You can still receive faxes on numbers other than the one you registered.
The fax
machine will respond to these calls according to how you have set the answer mode
(MANUAL, AUTO, F/T, or TAD (1350M)/MSG
CTR 1450MC/1550MC,
1850MC/
1950MC)).

Helpful Hints

7-18

Remember that you should let your phone ring at least twice before answering
to allow the fax machine to pick up first if necessary. Answering
an incoming
call before two rings will defeat the purpose of the distinctive
ringing function.
You should turn the distinctive ringing function to OFF temporarly
if you move
and/or get a new number. To turn off the distinctive
ringing set-up go into
function mode. (See page 7-18.)

DISTINCTIVE
RINGING RECEIVING FAXESAND OTHERCALLS

How

to Turn

the Distinctive

Ringing

Function

ON or OFF

The distinctive
ringing function is designed to accommodate
the distinctive
ringing service (a
telephone service that provides you with multiple numbers, each with a distinctive
ring, on one
line). Please note that you need to register the ring pattern of your fax number before you can set
the distinctive
ringing mode ON. (See page 7-16-18.)

_,_
(

|: !:11D][,']"JIr_'¥A',_vj
! H_'] "[e]hv_l._.
09/12/1996

15:25

]

1. Press

FUNCTION.

C I.TEMP.SETTINGS

)

2. Press

6.

( 6.TEL

)

3. Press

6.

(

OPTIONS

6.DISTINCTIVE

)

( DI,STINCTIVE:OFF
_(

SELECT

,,J

<- -> &

4. Press _ tleft arrow) or _
£right
arrow) to find the mode (OFF, SET,
ON) you want.
Example: ON.

(

5. Press

SET.

(- 6.DISTINCTIVE

6. Press

STOP to exit.

SET

]_
)

DISTINCTIVE:ON

]

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
•

If you wish to use an external
Telephone
Answering
distinctive
ringing feature with your fax machine:

Device

(TAD) and the

1. You must use the distinctive ringing pattern for your fax number,
the TAD and fax may conflict in picking up the call.
2. Select the TAD mode on your fax nmchine

otherwise

both

(see page 7-1_.

3. Connect the external TAD into EXT. jack of your fax machine (see page 7-11). Do
not parallel connect the external TAD into another wall jack.
4. You must
rings).

set the external

TAD to its maximmn

5. You can not use the Toll Saver
distinctive
ringing feature.
•

If you do not use an external
machine:
Select the MANUAL

__JL

..........

feature

Telephone

ring delay setting

of the external

Answering

mode on your fax machine

(minimum

TAD when

using

4

the

Device (TAD) with your fax

(see page 7-1).

! ......

mN

7-19

RECEIVING FAXESAND OTHERCALLS

E) CALLER
What

CALL ,RW

ID

is Caller

ID?

Caller ID is a telephone service that allows the subscriber
to see a display of the caller's phone
number (or name in certain states) as the telephone rings. It is a fast way to screen your calls. You
can respond quickly to calls you missed, because Caller IDs are received and stored in your
machine's
memory.

To get tile

Caller

|D 5ervice.

apply

lot" thL, Caller

ID ._(., vl(t. at )_,ul

local

Lelcpho.,

company.

The type of service varies from state to state and :s determined
by your telephone
company. Your particular
service may display only the caller's phone number or the
caller's number and/or name.
%

)

Advantages

of Caller

ID

For Business
All businesses
profit from a quicker response
to customer calls. Businesses
order services, money-lending
services or provide confidential
information,
selves from false orders or acceptance
of false identification.
At Home
Residential

How
The

customers

Does
Caller

the

can protect

Caller

ID Appears

themselves

ID Work
on the

Display

from unwanted

that provide marl
can protect them-

calls.

?
When

Your

Telephone

Rings

As your telephone rings, the D:splay shows you the caller's phone number (or caller's name in
certain states). You will know who is calling before you pick up the handset or before your
machine autonmtically
receives the call. Once you pick up the handset,
the caller's ID
disappears.
If both the caller's phone number and name are received, only the name will appear
on the Display. You will see the first 16 characters
of the number or name.

Helpful Hints

NOTE:

Jl[

7-20

• If"OUT OF AREA" appears on the
outside your caller ID service area.
• If"PRIVATE
CALL" appears on the
blocked the transmission
of his/her
• If no caller ID was transmitted
to
remain on the display.

Display,

it means

that

Display, it means the caller intentionally
ID.
your fax machine, "CALL PICKUP" will

Please setup the number of rings 02 and more to have the Caller
number of rings to 01, you can not receive the Caller ID.

..............

"

._

the call came from

.........................

ID. If you set up the

r_Lk_...

__

.........

,illl__

CALLERID RECEIVING FAXESAND OTHERCALLS

The Caller

ID is Stored

in Your Machine's

Memory

The machine can store a nmximum of the last 30 incoming caller IDs in the memory, along with
the time and date of reception. The 31st call will cause the oldest ID to be erased.
The Caller

ID information

stored

in the memory

can be scrolled

through

And you can also print the Caller ID list and review calls you received
IDs in memory. This report will list the Date, Time, Phone Number
certain states), and type of call (Comment).

Scanning

through

a Caller

ID from

on the display.

by checking the Caller
(Caller ID), Name (in

the Memory

You can display the caller IDs that are stored in the memory as follows. (You can skip to Step 4
below by pressing the SHIFT and TEL INDEX keys simultaneously.)

l:t:::tt,] ;,1
1. Press

FUNCTION.

2. Press

6.

3. Press

7.

4. Press

SET.

( 09/12/1996

( 6.TEL

OPTIONS

7. CALLER

If no ID is stored, the beeper
sound and "NO CALLER
ID"
appear on the diaplay.

In this
times.

15:25

( 1.TEMP.SETTINGS

The Caller ID of the last call wiLl appear
on the display.

5. Press
arrow)
Caller

I,

-91 (left arrow)
or _
key to scroll
through
IDs in the memory.
example,

press

the

b.-

)

ID

( 30. )1455551212

")

will
will

(25.)5555151

(right
the

key

5

Pressing the P-- key will cycle backward through
the stored caller IDs
fl'om the latest to the oldest. If you
press the _
key when the oldest ID
appears,
the latest one will appear.
The -_, key cycles forward.
After 2 seconds, the date and time the
caller ID was received will appear.

6. Press

STOP to exit.

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
Clearing

the

Caller

ID

Stored

It is recommended
that you should
pressing
CLEAR
when the display
effective use of the memory.
IlflI!IHIPHPHI[
r!
I

into

Memory

clear the Caller ID stored into memory by
shows the number or name, because of the

...........

IF !r rlr

=

7.21

RECEIVING FAXESAND OTHERCALLS CALLERW

Printing

the

Caller

You can print a listing
will be listed.

__

ID List

of the Caller

IDs for the last 30 calls received.

_I:i'_.'tl_e]'J'_ :g__

_

Both telephone

|-' 1:11
_]M;,lI'-'VAVJI i I_t -"[elVAw_m
09/12/1996

15:25

i. Pre_sFUNCTION.

[

2. Press3.

_ 3.

3. Pressg.
4. Press SET
Wait 2 seconds

[

9.CALLER

(

PRESS

(

P R I NT I NG

prompt

until

you see the

Sample

of Caller

1 .TEMP.SETTINGS
PRINT

)

REPORTS
)

ID
START

KEY

]

IO

LISI

I
]

lIME
NAME
FAX
TEL

: 09_04/1996
:
:
:

®

NOTE:

]

ID List
CALLER

01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
I0
11

)

at the right.

5. Press START.

•

and fax calls

DATE
09/04
09/04
09/04
09/04
09/04
09/04
09/04
09/04
09/04
09/04
09/04

TIME
13:45
13:45
13:45
13:45
13:45
13:45
13:45
13:45
13:45
13:45
13:45

"TX" means

CALLER ID
5551212
5551212
5551111
5551010
5552222
5552323
5550000
5551212
5551234
5551010
5550101

Transmit,

"RX" means

NAME

14:05

®
COMMENT

KOUJI
KOUJI

TAKEYAMA
TAKEYAMA

SMITH
KOUJI

SHARON
TAKEYAMA

SMITH SHARON
JONES JENNIFER

TEL RX
TEL
TEL RX
TAD RX
TAD
TEL RX
TEL TX
RX
TX
TAD RX

Receive.

CONTENTS
OF THE LIST:
DATE & TIME ,_)
CALLER ID ,_)
NAME (ONLY WHEN AVAILABLE),_
COMMENT
COMMENTS
•
•
•
•

WILL INCLUDE:

TX means your machine sent a fax message when it was polled or called.
RX means your machine received a fax message (other than when polled or called).
TEL means you answered a telephone call by your fax machine, external TAD or external phone.
TAD means you received an ICM in your Message Center memory (Only for FAX 1450MC/
1550MC, MFC 1850MC/1950MC/.
BLANK means

7-22

the call was not answered

or you answered

by extension

phone.
....

UL_

POLLING
8. POLLING
FOR YOUR INFORMATION
What Is Polling?
Polling is the process of retrieving
faxes from another fax machine. You may use
your machine to "poll" other machines, or you may ask someone to poll your machine.
The party who polls pays for the cost of the call.

How Does It Work ?
First all parties set up their fax machines so that they can accommodate
polling.
Then one party leaves documents in the fax machine so that the other party can call
and have the documents
sent to them.

Polling side_--_

c.,,

PO,

9
Receive

When

document

to Use Polling?

Use polling

to control

the cost of who pays for sending

a fax.

1. If you want to pay for the cost of the call: Send out faxes to other parties as you
normally would, and if another party has documents
to send you, ask if you can
poll for them.
2. If you want others to pay for the cost of the call: Ask them to poll your fax machine
for documents
they want, and have them fax any documents
that you want.
* There

are some fax machines

that

will not respond

to the polling function.

Helpful Hints Using

Polling Effectively
(Examples)
Problem
No. 1: You want another party to send you a long fax, but the3, do not
want to pay for the call.
Solution:
Ask them to leave the document in their fax machine so you can
poll for it.
Problem
No. 2: Sales representatives
have difficulty sending in faxes to the
head office's fax machine because it is busy so much of the time
Solution:
Head office can poll the sales representatives'
fax machines.
Problem
No. 3: Because of the time or location, it is cheaper for someone else to
call you than it is for you to make the call.
Solution:
Ask the other party to poll for the documents and offer to pay for
the call at their lower rate.

PIll

.

I

8-1

POLLING

Polling

Another

Fax

Machine

(Calling)

Once you have set up polling, as described below, and the other party has set their
to "POLLED WAITING", you can automatically
receive their documents.

fax machine

B_ |" I::11
D]g%]IraV&VjIIII_ -"[e_v;J_!
blake

sure

in your

there

are

09/12/1996

no documents

15:25

]

feeder.

1. Press

FUNCTION.

( 1.TEMP.SETTINGS

]

2. Press

1.

( 1.TEMP.

)

3. Press

2.

C 2.POLLING

4. Wait

for two

seconds.

POLLING:STANDARD
))
( SELECT
<" "> & SET)

(C
5. Press

SET.

6. Press

STOP.

( 2. POLLING

(C(
(

7. Enter the fax number.
Example: One-touch dialing.
8. Press

SETTINGS

START.

)
NO.

ENTER

FAX

PRESS

START

NJ

KEY

OFFICE

[ DIALING

up Polled

Waiting

(Being

)

J

]

]

( RECEIVING

Setting

)_

P.01

I

Called)

Polled Waiting is when you place a document in your fax machine and set your machine to allow
another fax machine to retrieve that document. Your fax machine will print a Polled Report
after the transmission.

_

=:!4,] m==,._,Av,,j
i!_-_:[ol,,,_
09/12/1996

1. Place the documents

2. Press

FUNCTION.

3. Press

1.

into the (beder.

(

( FAX:
( COPY:
(

&

START

PRESS

COPY

(

SETTINGS

]

[ SELECT

{ 2.POLLING
..............

_r

.1jr

)

( POLLING:STANDARD

SET.
.....

)',_
J
)

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

( Z.PO,LING

5. Wait for two seconds.

8-2

NO.

1 .TEMP.

4. Press 2.

6. Press

15:25

<-- -> &

))
SET

]

]

POLLING

7. Press

STOP.

8. Press START and wait for the polling call to come in.

Secure

(

PRESS

(

POLLED

START

KEY

WAITING

)
)

Polling

Secure Polling is a way to keep your documents and others' from falling into unauthorized
hands
while the fax machines
are set up for polling. You can use Secure Polling _
with another
Brother fax machine. Your four-digit ID number must be entered on the fax machine that polls
for your documents.

Polling

Another

Brother

Fax Machine

with Secure

You can poll another Brother fax machine that has Secure
You need to make sure you are using the same ID number

m
Make

sure

no documents

2. Press
3. Press
4. Wait

the steps below.

1"-I:i D]g'];jIF.'YAVII! I_']:[e]LV_

(
FUNCTION.

Polling by following
as the other party.

are in the

feeder.
1. Press

Code (Calling)

09/12/1996

15:25

( 1.TEMP.SETTINGS

]

1.

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

]

2.

2.POLLING

]

for two

seconds.

(

( POLLING:STANDARD
SELECT
<- ÷ & SET

])
]

5. Press -_ (left arrow) or _
(right
arrow)
to find
the POLLING
SECURE setting.

( POLLING:SECURE

]

6. Press

(

POLLING

ID:XXXX

)

7. Enter a four-digit
number. This is
the security code of the fax machine
you are polling.
Example: 1234.

(

POLLING

ID:1234

]

8. Wait for two seconds.

(

2.POLLING

(

ENTER
PRESS

"'(

9. Press

SET.

STOP.
_(

10.Enter the fax number.
Example: One-Touch dialing.
11.Press

I

)

( NJ

START.

........

.'L ....

I .....

I HIIIII

..

FAX
NO.
START
KEY

)

OFFICE

(

DIALI

(

RECEIVING

NG

W]

])
)

P.OI

]
)

....

8-3

POLLING

Setting

up Polled

Waiting

with

Secure

Polling

(Being

Called)

Secure Polling allows you to create a Polling ID number to protect your documents during
waiting mode. Anyone who polls your machine must enter this polling ID number.

polled

! -'1;11
D][,,"]
;lIFVAYJIll II,'l I [oX_,'_
( 09/12/1996
1. Insert
feeder.

the

documents

into

FUNCTION.

3. Press
4. Press

FAX:
COPY:

_
)

1.

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

)

2.

2.POLLING

)

(

Press --_ (left arrow) or _
(right
arrow)
to find
the POLLING
SECURE

8. Enter a four-digit
Example:

))

POLLING:STANDARD
SELECT
<- "> &

SET)

( POLLING:SECURE

)

( POLLING

ID:XXXX

)

( P 0 L L I NG

I D: 1 23 4

setting.

7. PressSET.
number.

1234.

for two seconds.

(

lO.PressSTOP.
ll.Press
START and wait
polling call to come in.

8-4

START
COPY

]

"*(

9. Wait

NO.
&
PRESS

( I.TEMP.SETTINGS

5. Wait for two seconds.

.

)

the

((

2. Press

15:25

2.

P 0 L L I NG

(PRESS
for

the

(

POLLED

START
WAITING

)
KEY

)
)

POLLING

Delayed

Polling

You can set the time at which you want polling to take place. After you select STANDARD or
SECURE, press SET, then press 1 and use the number keys to enter the time at which you want
polling to take place.

_

[4:_%1(e]'>_ __,_
Make sure no documents
feeder.

_
are in the

1:!:liP][.']:jIr-*Y&v,'j
I qqi-')"[e]v,'j,m__
(

09/12/1996

15:25

]

1. Press

FUNCTION.

( I.TEMP.SETTINGS

]

2. Press

1.

( I.TEMP.SETTINGS

)

3. Press

2.

( 2.POLLING

4. Wait for two seconds.

F(
_(
5. Press "9' (left arrow) or _
(right
arrow) to select STANDARD
or
SECURE.
Example: STANDARD.
6. Press

SET.

7. Press

1.

( POLLING:STANDARD

(
(
(
(

8. Enter the time.
Example: 19:45 (7:45P.M.L

STOP.

((

11.Enter the fax number.
Example: One-touch dialing.
12. Press

Setting

)

1.TIMER

)

SET

TIME=_O:O0

1

SET

TIME=I9:45

)

ENTER
( PRESS

FAX
"0.
START
KEY

OFFICE

))
)
]

09/12/1996

15:25

)

waits untd the specified

up Polled

Before pressing START,
document in the memory.

Helpful Hints

)

2.POLLING

NJ

START.

The fax machine
time to call.

1)
)

( 1.TIMER

9. Wait for two seconds.
10.Press

POLLING:STANDARD
SELECT
÷ ÷ & SET

Waiting
press

SUPER

with

Super

Q.SCAN

Quick-Scan

bo that

you can store

your

polled

waiting

If you use SUPER Q.SCAN to place the Polled Waiting documents
into the
memory, they will not be erased automatically
after they are polled. To erase
them you must use the Cancel Job function. (See page 6-113

POLLING

Sequential

Polling

This function is the reverse of Broadcasting,
m which your machine sends a document to several
destinations.
In a sequential
polling operation,
your machine will request documents
from
several fax units in a single operation.

m

i -"1:11
D]g__ IK*VA','j III !!.._: [ol','_
(

09/12/1996

15:25

)

1. Make sure there are no documents
in the feeder.
2. Press FUNCT{ON.

[ 1.TEMP.SETTINGS

)

3. Press 1.

( 1.TEMP.SETTINGS

)

4. Press 2.

( 2.POLLING

)

(
5. Press -'9 (left arrow) or _-_ (right
arrow)
to select
STANDARD
or
SECURE.
Example: STANDARD
6. Press

SET.

7. Press

STOP.

(

POLLING:STANDARD

(

SELECT

(

POLLING:STANDARD

.

+

&

SET

(

(

ENTER
PRESS

Specify
the
destination
fax
machines,
which you wish to poll
by using One-Touch,
Speed-Dial,
or Group keys.
Example: Group key.

(

ALL

Press START. Your machine
polls
each number
or group member
in
turn for a document.

(

DIALING

)
FAX
NO.
START
KEY

]3
]
]

BROTHER

[_[o]Ke]:
,,\ltt',

printed

all

tht'

pulling

upul_tmi,._

linJ_-tied,

tt _equu,

ntJ,tl

_'oihng

automatmally.

":TZ""-_:Z'Z'Z'L"*_'-"7

8-6

,tlc'

". L."

: .'77 12,_1_2":': "_' "_*_v_

)J
)

(-2.POLLING

"*(
.

÷

)

"

tiepul

t will

b,.

PASSWORD
9. PASSWORD
FOR YOUR INFORMATION
What Is Password?
The password is provided for use in a closed network of fax machines.
It will prevent
reception of"junk faxes" that can interfere with your daily operations.
It can also
help you avoid the transmission
of faxes to the unauthorized
parties.

How Does the Password

Work?

First the receiving party sets up "SET PASSWORD" to "ON" and then enters a fourdigit password.
When you send a fax message, you must enter the same four-digit password.
If the
four-digit password is the same for both the sending and receiving machines, you will
be able to send and receive messages.
Also, both machines should be a Brother (or
compatible
brand).
When

to Use Password

Plus?

If you have activated
the password function, only people who have set the correct
password code on their Brother fax machine can exchange faxes with your machine.
To help avoid difficulties,
you can use the Password
Plus feature.
It prevents
reception of"junk faxes". If you choose "Password Plus" in "SET PASSWORD", your
machine will receive not only faxes sent by parties using your password but also faxes
sent without your password, only if the sending machine's number is registered
as
one of your One-Touch numbers. (Your machine compares the last four-digits of the
sending fax machine's
number to numbers listed in your One-Touch keys.) If this
is case, the sending machine need not be Brother fax machine.)
Ww

Sending

Faxes

Before setting

with

up, you should

a Password
know the password

code of the other

|

11i41_ [,,11l:li,,il
(

1. thefeeder.in_ertthed°cunlentfaced°wnint°

party.

(- (

I'I i_ l_ivi

09/12/1996
FAX :

15:25

NO.

&

START

]

-C coPY: PRESS
coPY
(

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

]

3. Press1.

(

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

]

4. PressB.

(

8.

!

IIII

.-1!]1!

TX

)

........

Ifil

1"_

]

11

I

:1

II

PASSWORD

"

FUNCTION.

.....

2. Press

9-1

PASSWORD
5. Enter a four-digit
Example : 1234

code.

[

)
]

PASSWO_D:XXXX
PASSWORD:1234

6. Press

SET or wait for two seconds.

7. Press

STOP.

[
[

8.PASSWORD

TX

ENTER

FAX
START

8. Enter

the fax number.

PRESS

9. Press

START.

NJ

NO.
KEY

OFFICE

DIALING

Receive

]
]
)
)
)

Password

You can set receive

password

status

either

"'ON", "PLUS",

o1""OFF".

i:It,]Ft_r:VA','Ai!_i,']:[,,:L','_
(

09/12/1996

15:25

)

1. Press

FUNCTION.

(I.TEMP.SETTINGS)

2. Press

7.

( 7.SETUP

3. Press

7.

_.7.SET

(
.

RX
(

SET.

6. Enter a four-digit
Example: 1234

code.

7. Press

SET or wait for two seconds.

8. Press

STOP

9-2

to exit.

PASSWORD

)

PASSWORD:OFF

SELECT

÷

÷

&

)_
SET

RX

PASSWORD:PLUS

(

RX

PASSWORD:XXXX

(

RX

P A S S W0 R D : 1 2 3 4

Press --9 (left arrow) or _
(right
arrow) to choose either PLUS, ON,
or OFF.
Example: PLUS

5. Press

)

SYSTEM

7.SET

PASSWORD

)

)

)

J

REMOTE FAX OPTIONS

I0. REMOTE FAX OPTIONS (ONLY FOR FAX 1350M)
Since the machine can store incoming data as well as record
Forwarding,
Paging and Remote Retrieval functions.

Setting

the Fax

FAX

it, you can use the conx cment

Storage

Set this function to "ON" if you want the incoming data to be stored in the memory as well as
recorded. Since the data can be stored in the memory, you can use the Fax Forwarding,
Paging,
and Remote Retrieval functions.
It is a good idea to set the Fax Storage function to "ON" when
you go out. The initial setting is OFF.

_

i :]'4 D][.1r,]IE¥'&VII III_! -"[e_,,,,_
09/12/1996

(

15:25

1. Press FUNCTION.

( 1.TEMP.SETTINGS

2. Press 8.

( 8.REMOTE

3. Press 1.

(

1.FAX

FAX

)

)
OPT

]

STORAGE

(- (

FAX

STORAGE:OFF

4. Press --9 (left arrow) or _.- (right
arrow) to select ON or OFF.
Example: ON

(

FAX

STORAGE:ON

5. Press

SET.

(

1.FAX

6. Press

STOP to exit.

"-( SE,ECT<--,

)_

SET)
]

STORAGE

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
•

When you have FAX STORAGE:ON, your incoming faxes will be stored
memory and the LCD will show the number of incoming calls:

( FAX
•

IN

in the

MEMORY:01

When you want to change the Fax Storage setting from ON to OFF and there is
fax data still in the memory, you will get the following message after you select
OFF:

ERASE
1.CLEAR

((

ALL 2.EXIT
FAX?

I_

If you select 1 you will erase all the fax data in the memory and the function will be
set to OFF. If you press 2, the data will not be erased, and the setting will remain ON.

.......

dJ.

E

[ I!

....

• ...........

' I!lll .

10-1

REMOTE FAX OPTIONS

Paging/Fax

Forwarding

When you set the Fax Storage function in Function menu 8-1 to ON (see page 10-1), you have an
additional option of paging or fax forwarding, when your fax machine receives a fax message into
memory.

How paging

works

(Paging

[Incoming

ON)

How fax forwarding

fax [

works

(Fax Forwarding

ON)

Incoming fax ]

I

m

The fax is stored in the memory.

I

[
I

m

The fax is stored in the memory.

Paging function is activated.

Fax forwarding

function is activated.

[

m

m

The fax will dial the registered pager
telephone number.

The registered fax forwarding
is dialed.

Once connected, the fax dials your
registered PIN number
(Personal ID number).

number

[

I

Once connected, the machine sends
the fax tone to another fax machine.

[

the
The memory
machine tosends
forwarding
stored location.
fax from

[

I

t

Your personal pager is activated.

i.

_ ou

L,tli

_ti_II\'_IL_'

t'ltllt'J

|)d_llll_

, Ol

J_iX

[
I

I

|01

\\ ,il dln_

, tht

[_ ,ll t

\ t J _ mlllllllil

|L'_iLHI

u

and can not be used simultaneously.
2. If paging
memory.

10-2

is ON,

you

will

be paged

every

tram

a fhx me_age

1._ recewed

into

the

REMOTE FAX OPTIONS

Setting

Up Paging

and

Registering

the Paging
_

Number

i; 14 D_H'J r-'¥'&Vil I _,i: [e_V_
(

09/12/1996

15:25

)

1. Press

FUNCTION.

( 1.TEMP.SETTINGS
)

2. Press

8.

(

8.REMOTE

3. Press

2.

(

2.FAX

FAX

OPT

FWD/PAGING

]

<---')&

]

(OFF

))

(SELECT
4. Press -_. (leftarrow)and
_
arrow) to select PAGING.
5. Press

(right

SET

(

PAGING

)

(

PAG#:
ENTER

(

#:18002844329##_

]

(

PIN#:
ENTER

)_
]

SET.
((

6. Enter a paging
number
up to 18
digits (this is the telephone number
of your pager), followed by two #
signs. Do not include the area code
if it is the same for your fax machine
and pager.
Example: 18002844329##.
7. Press

]

SET.
(*(

8. Enter a PIN (Personal Identification
Number), #, press REDIAL/PAUSE
key, your fax telephone
number,
and ##. PAUSE
appears
as a
hyphen on the display.
Example: 12345#-19085551234##.

&

)_
]

SET

&

SET

( 5#-19085551234##

I

- If you do not use a PIN, you must enter
the telephone
number
of your fax
machine.
Press REDIAL/PAUSE key
before entering your fax number and
add ## at the end.
Example: -19085551234##.

9. Press

SET.

10.Press

STOP to exit.

- Paging

!

number

!!!]!!....

2.FAX

and PIN number

I ,

I rm[ml

cannot

be changed

Illl

FWD/PAGING

]

remotely.

._:7...::=:_

.....

....:.

_..____

10-3

REMOTE FAX OPTIONS

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
The PIN (Personal Identification
Number) you enter depends upon the type of paging
company you use. There are generally two types of paging companies...
1) Satellite Pagers:
plus your return

In this case we recommend
fax telephone/fax
number
PIN#

For Example:

you enter your actual satellite
(or special alpha message).

PIN#

Return#

12345#19085551234##

2) Radio Pagers: Most* radio pagers do not require a PIN #, and in this case you
should use the PIN # in your fax only for the return number or special alpha
message.
Return#
For Example:

19085551234##

* If your radio pager
The "##" symbols
number.

utilizes

Alpha Message
or 329329329##
a PIN # then

at the end of the return

Setting
Up Fax Forwarding
Forwarding
Number

and

use satellite

number

sequence

above.

are used to signify the end the PIN

Registering

the Fax

em i: I| D][_,]
_W_.VA,,,j
II I€1:_m
(

09/12/1996

15:25

1. Press

FUNCTION.

(

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

2. Press

8.

(

8.REMOTE

3. Press

2.

(

2.FAX

FAX

5. Press

10-4

SifT.

(

(

<- -> &

]

FORWARD

FWD#:

( ENTER

OPT
)

SELECT

( FAX

4. Press -_1 (left arrow ) and m,-- (right
arrow) to select FAX FORWARD.

)

FWD/PAGING

( ( OFF
"(

)

SET

))

)
)_

&

SET

)

.Y

REMOTE FAX OPTIONS

6. Enter a fax forwarding
to 20 digits.
Example: 18005551234.

number

up

7. PressSET.

WD#:18005551234_

)

(

2.

]

FAX

FWD/PAGING

STOP to exit.

8. Press

What

(

Is Remote

Control

Access?

When you leave your home or office, you will turn on your FAX STORAGE to receive fax messages.
(See page 10-1.) But if you would like to activate or deactivate this FAX STORAGE feature, you
can control and program your fax by remote control. You can call your fax from any touch tone
phone, enter your remote access code, followed by programming
commands.

Setting

the Remote

The initial

setting

Access

for the remote

Code

access code on your new fax is "159.".

(

09/12/1996

15:25

I.TEMP.SETTINGS

1. Press

FUNCTION.

(

2. Press

8.

( S.REMOTE
FAXOPT)

3. Press

3.

( 3.REMOTE

4. Enter a three digit number
000 to
999. The last digit, an asterisk,
can
not be changed.
Example: 160..
Enter a three digit number 000 to 999.
5. Wait

for two seconds.

6. Press

STOP to exit.

Helpful Hints

Change

the remote control

........

( ACCESS

code and use it as a "secret

ACCESS
CODE:j59*

)
]

CODE:160,

ACCESS

password"

]

to limit access

FAX OPTIONS.

When you use the Remote

H!! !!!1

ACCESS

3.REMOTE

to your REMOTE

number

(

)

Access Code, you must press all four keys (three-d_g_t

plus *).

I Ifllll mill

_. L : "11:1"1::" ":::L::." .....

10-5

REMOTE FAX OPTIONS
How

to Use Remote

1. Call from a touch
2. Enter

Access

and

Control

Codes

tone phone.

your fax machine's

number.

3. Enter your Remote Access Code
with a beep. (See page 10-5.)

immediately

after

your fax machine

answers

4. If you hear a long beep, it means your machine
has received fax message(s).
If you do not hear a long beep, it means your fax machine
did not receive
message(s).
5. Next you will hear a series of two short beeps,
Remote Control Command.
(See page 10-7.)
.

Enter

a Remote

7. After

Control

8. Press

90 to exit remote

which

you can enter

you can enter

the next command

during

another

control.

If you perform a wrong operation, you will hear three short beeps.
If you wait more than 30 seconds during the series of two short beeps, your
disconnect the line.

Remote

a

Command.

finishing one command,
of two short beeps.

series

during

machine

will

Retrieval

If you have set your FAX STORAGE: ON to store incoming fax messages, you have the abihty to
retrieve these fax messages from any remote group 3 facsimile machine.
Remote fax retrieval is accomplished
via remote control access commands,
which are described
in the remainder
of this chapter.

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
When

to Press

the

Remote

Access

Code

Just after the line is connected, you should enter the
touch tone phone. Make sure that you enter the remote
hear any chirping sound of a fax machine.
If the fax
mode, it will answer the call after 20 rings. You will
remote access code or the line will be disconnected.

!1!!

10-6

![ ................

I .....

L ! Jill

.......

remote access code from any
access code while you do NOT
machine is set to MANUAL
have 30 seconds to press the

REMOTE FAX OPTIONS

Remote
You can

Control
control

Remote

95

96

Commands

your

control

fax machine

with

the

following

command

remote

control

Detail

commands.

Operation

Changing
Fax Forwarding
/Paging setting
1

OFF

2

Fax Forwarding

3

Paging

4

FAX FWD No.

5

FWD No. Confirm

6

Fax Storage

ON

7

Fax Storage

OFF

Retrieve

If you hear one long beep, the change is accepted. If you hear three
short beeps, you can not change
it because
the conditions
(ex.
registering
fax forwarding
or paging
number)
have not been
completed.
You can register your fax forwarding
number by using
4. FAX FWD No. (see page 10-8). Once you have registered
the
number,
the machine will automatically
turn to "FAX FWD:ON"
mode. Then, receive a Memory Status List by entering 961 (see page
10-8). Check the List to make sure the Fax Forwarding
number you
registered
is correct. Then enter the confirmation
command
955.
Now the machine will start Fax Forwarding.
You can set FAX STORAGE

ON or OFF.

FAX

1

Memory

2

00

Status

Retrieve

You can use a remote fax machine
message(s).
(See page 10-8.)

List

all FAXES

to receive

a List or stored

fax

2 "MSG No." 00
Retrieve by MSG
number
3 Erase

FAX in the

If you hear
memory.

memory
97

Check
1

98

the receiving

Answer

90

F]T

3

AUTO

Exit

After

Printing
You can

fax message(s)

If you hear one long beep, you can change the Answer
hear three short beeps, you can not change it.

Mode

1 TAD
2

you can erase

from

the

You can check whether
your fax machine
has received
any fax
message(s).
If yes, you will hear one long beep. If no, you will hear
three short beeps.

status

FAX

Change

one long beep,

a long beep,

you can exit remote

Mode. If you

control.

a Fax Message
print

a fax

message

that

is stored

in the

memory.

mi'.14.]_,1_lr,_¥'A,,Vtll_!":[e]hv
(

FAX

1. Press

FUNCTION.

(

I.TEMP.SETTINGS

2. Press

8.

( 8.REMOTE

3. Press

4.

(

4.PRINT

(

PRESS

4. Press

START.

(

PRINTING

(

4.PRINT

5. Press

IN

MEMORY:03

FAX

)
)

OPT

]

FAX
START

]
KEY

1
)
)

FAX

STOP to exit.
1

I m Ill

_1 I

10-7

REMOTE FAX OPTIONS

Retrieving

the Memory

Status

List

and

Fax

Messages

Remotely

From a remote fax machine, you can retrieve your Memory Status List to see if you have any
stored fax messages in the memory. Then you can retrieve all or only specified fax messages that
are on the list.
1. Pick up the handset

of a remote

2. Dial your fax machine's

number.

3. When your fax machine
Access Code (159.).

answers

touch

tone fax machine.

with a beep, immediately

4. As soon as you hear two (2) short beeps,

press

press

your

Remote

961.

5. When you hear your fax machine
through the handset responding
with a fax
tone, press START and hold the handset if you want to retrieve fax messages also.
(If you wish to retrieve only the Memory Status List, re_e_placethe handset.)
6. Your remote

fax machine

7. Look at the Memory
retrieve.

will print the Memory

Status

List to see if there

Status

List. (See page

are any fax messages

14-5.)

you want to

8. Press 96 2 as soon as you hear two (2) short beeps.
After 96 2, enter the two-digit message
(ex. 01 ) and end by pressing 00.

numbers

from the Memory

Status

List

ex.) To receive NO.1 and NO.2 messages, press 96 2 01 02 00.
If you want

to retrieve

all messages,

simply

press

00.

ex.) To retrieve all fax messages, press 96 2 00.
9. When you hear your fax machine
tone, press START.
10.Replace
ll.Your

through

the handset

responding

with a fax

the handset.

remote

Changing

fax machine

the Fax

1. Pick up the handset

will print

Forwarding
of a remote

2. Dial your fax machine's

number.

3. When your fax machine
Access Code (169.).

answers

4. As soon as you hear

two (2) short

the fax messages.

Number

Remotely

fax machine.
with a beep,

immediately

beeps,

954.

press

press

your Remote

5. Enter your new Fax Forwarding
number using the number keys (up to 20 digits).
You can not register
* and # as dial numbers.
Use * to create a pause between
the dial numbers.
6. Press

# after

entering

7. As soon as you hear

the new number.
the next

two (2) short

8. When you hear your fax machine
through
tone, press START and hold the handset.
9. Your remote fax machine
will print
make sure the new Fax Forwarding

beeps,

press

the handset

961.
responding

with a fax

the Memory Status List. Look at the list to
number you registered
is correct.

10. If the new number is correct, wait for the next two (2) short beeps, and press 955.
(If the new number
is incorrect,
press 954 and reenter the number beginning
at
Step 5.)
ll.Replace

10-8

the handset.

Your new Fax Forwarding

number

is activated.

GETTING
STARTED MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS
1 I. MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS
(ONLY FOR FAX 1450MC/1550MC,

MFC

1850MC/1950MC)

The Message Center Memory has two modes for different uses: the Message Center Mode anti the
Message Center Pro Mode. The Message Center Mode allows you to store the incoming fax/voice
messages
into a flexible memory.
Fax Retrieval,
Paging and Fax Forwarding
features
are
available
in this mode. The Message Center Pro Mode is an additional
enhancement
to the
Message
Center Mode, and provides
the Fax-on-Demand,
Voice-on-Demand
and Personal
Mailbox features. This chapter explains how the standard Message Center Mode performs. (The
Message Center Pro Mode is explained in chapter 12.)

PRD
TAD
O
RECORD

The Auto and Ffr lights must
Pro Mode.

A) GETTING
What

FAX
C)
ERASE

be lit to turn

on either

PLAY

Message

1

Center

Mode or Message

Center

STARTED

Is the Message

Center

Mode?

The Message Center is a large flexible memory to more effechvely
manage your voice and thx
messages, while you are out.
This flexible memory can be used for voice messages, fax messages or a combination
that stores
both types on a "first come, first served" basis. Any fax or voice message that is stored in the
memory can be retrieved from a remote location.

11-1

MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS

What

Do I Want

the Message

Center

GETTING
STARTED

to Do?

There are six of ways to allocate the flexible Message Center memory,
fits your needs.
You may need to use only one mode on a regular basis, but periodically
or low message days. The six modes are as follows:
The factory setting is FAX: OFF/TAD: ON.
•

Mode

Settings

depending
change

upon which best

modes to meet high

at a Glance
WHAT IT DOES

WHEN TO USE

1) FAX : ON
TAD : ON

Both voice and fax messages will
be stored on a first come first
served
basis in the memory.
Either Fax Forwarding
or Paging and Remote Retrieval of voice
and fax messages is available.

Use this mode when you wish to
store both fax and voice messages
in the memory.
Erase
your
messages
frequently
to keep
memory available for when you
need it.

2) FAX : ON
TAD : EXT.
(External Answering
Machine is ON.)

Voice calls will be stored in your
external
answering
machine,
which must be plugged into the
EXT jack of the fax machine.
The EXT TAD will answer all
your calls; retrieve voice messages from it as usual. Paging
for voice messages is not available.

Use this mode when you need all
your Message
Center memory
for fax messages or if you prefer
the sound quality of a tape recorder for your voice messages.

3) FAX : ON
TAD : OFF

Voice calls will not be stored.

Use this mode when you do not
need to receive voice messages.

4) FAX : OFF
TAD : ON

All available
memory
in the
Message Center will be used to
store voice messages. Faxes will
print on paper. You can do Paging
and Remote Retrieval
of voice
messages.

Use this mode if you wish to
retrieve voice messages
from a
remote location,
but can wait
until you are at the fax machine
to get your fax messages.

5) FAX : OFF
TAD : EXT.
(ExternalAnswering
Machine is ON.)

Fax messages
will be received
only on paper, but will not be
stored in the memory. Voice calls
will not be stored unless an external TAD is plugged into the
EXT jack of your fax machine.

Use this mode if you need more
TAD memory than is available
in the Message Center or if you
prefer the sound quality of a
tape recorder.

6) FAX : OFF
TAD : OFF

Fax messages
will be received
only on paper, but will not be
stored in the memory. Voice calls
will not be stored in the memory
either.

Use this mode if you do not want
to use the Message
Center
memory for receiving fax/voice
messages, or if you want to use
only Message Center Pro mode.

MSG CTR MODE

* Use 2) FAX: ON, TAD: EXT.
memory to be used to store fax
Keep Backup Printing turned
* Even when you set FAX: OFF

11-2

and 3) FAX: ON, TAD: OFF mode when you want all available
messages (for Fax Forwarding
or Paging and Remote Retrieval).
ON to get a printed copy. (See page 11-10.)
mode (4) ~ 6)), you can use Quick-Scan and Broadcasting as usual.

GETTING
STARTED MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS

Flowchart
•

Message

Sequence
Center

of an Incoming

Pro Mode:

Call

OFF

1) FAX: ON
TAD: ON
Incoming

Fax reception is
activated by the
CNG Fax Tones
automatically.

Auto dial

Call

MSG CTR OGM

Ma_u_
nlal

The caller must press
your remote code to

REMOTE

is activated.

_ail-

machine.
activate the fax

,51
CODE

Voice call (._,

MEMORY

_

The fax message
is received into

voice message

memory.

digital
hangs

/IEMORY',
......
'
fhe caller
can also
send a fax I

If the caller stops speaking for 5 seconds
receiving mode automatically.

2) FAX: ON
TAD: EXT.
(External
Answering

Machine
<_[

Fax reception is
activated by the
CNG Fax Tones
automatically.

in

memory or
up.

"

while leaving a message,

Incoming

_1

The fax message
is received into
memory.

the machine

MEMORY

will go to fax

Call

l Thecaer
us'ass
_

fax call

The fax message
is received into
memory.

is ON.)

OGM is activated.
The external

TAD

I Voice

MEMORY

-,

The caller leaves a

your remote codeto
activate the fax

REMOTE
CODE

mach

.51

ne.

l

call

The fax message
is received into
memory.

voice message on
the external TAD.

MEMORY

ORY

3) FAX: ON
TAD: OFF
(Also, External

Answering

Machine

is OFF.)

Incoming

[

Call

]

m

Fax reception

is activated

automatically.

I

1
_[
MEMORY

............

The fax message

is received

into memory. Ii

H-3

MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS
Message

Center

Pro Mode:

OFF

4) FAX: OFF
TAD: ON
Incoming

Fax reception is
activated by the
CNG Fax Tones
automatically.

Auto dial

Call

I

MSG CTR OGM

I

Man_u_al

Is activated.

The caller must press
your remote code to
activate the fax
machine.

I Voice call

REMOTE
rnn_
....
J _<51

',
i
I

The fax message
is received on
PAPER

paper.

1.

voice
message
The caller
leavesin a
digital memory or

Tl_e calerl

hangs

can also
send a fax

up.

If the caller stops speaking for 5 seconds while leaving
receiving mode automatically.

a message,

The fax message is
received on paper.
PAPER

the machine

will go to fax

5) FAX: OFF
TAD: EXT.
(External
Answering

Machine

I
Fax reception
is
activated
by the
CNG Fax Tones
automatically.

Auto dial
fax call

is ON.)
Incoming

Call

The external TAD
OGM is activated.

Manual

U'

The caller must press
your remote code to
activate the fax

REMOTE

mach ne.

.51

I Voice call

PAPER

The fax message
Is received on
paper.

The caller leaves a
voice message on
the external TAD.

6)

iA_I_MoR Y

FAX: OFF
TAD: OFF
Incoming

Fax reception

Call

is activated

I

automatically.

/

i

•

GETTING
STARTED

PAPER

I

The fax message

is received

on paper.

I

I

CODE

MESSAGE CENTER MODE SEI-flNGS

O rrmGSTARTED

Message

Center

Pro Mode is ON, but No Access

Command

was Entered

by the Caller:

1) FAX: ON
TAD: ON
1

Fax reception Is
activated by the
CNG Fax Tones

Incoming

[MSG
Auto dial/is

Call

I

CTR PRO OGM

activated,

but no

%

The caller must press

Manual

your remote code to

REMOTE

_

activate the
machne.

CODE
_<51

automatically.

I faxcal_-l:°tmrmdddur_ag
_
[OGM
_____the
%1

VOice call

'

fax

1

'_,
The fax message
Is received into
MEMORY

The
leavesin a
voicecaller
message
digital memory or
hangs up.

memory.

_EMORY

I

The fax message
is received into
memory.

:l'llecaller
can also
send a fax

If the caller stops speaking for 5 seconds while leaving
receiving mode automatically.

a message,

the machine

MEMORY

will go to fax

2) FAX: ON
TAD: EXT.
(External

Answering

Machine

is ON.)
Incoming

Fax reception
activated
by theis
CNG Fax Tones

I Auto dial I The external
fax call
activated.

automatically.

} _

MEMORY

I v°ice

your remote code to
activate the fax

IREMOTE
I CODE

machine.

],51

1

call

%

The caller leaves a
voice message on
the external TAD.

EXT.
TAD
MEMORY

3) FAX: ON
TAD: OFF
(Also, External

1
The caller must pressl
i

TAD is

I

l

The fax message
is received into
memory.

]%
%

Call

The fax message
is received into
memory.

_1

Answering

Machine

Incoming

MEMORY

Call

]

is OFF.)
MSG CTR PRO OGM ]
is activated, but no
command was
I
entered during the
OGM

I
MEMORY

I

m

Fax reception

is activated

automatically.

I
m

•

The fax message

is received

on paper.

]

I

11-5

MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS
•

Message

Center

Pro Mode is ON, but No Access

GETTINGSTARTED

Command

was Entered

by the Caller:

4) FAX: OFF
TAD: ON
I

Fax reception is
activated by the
CNG Fax Tones
automatically.

Incoming

MSG.CTR
Auto dial

I

faxcal,

Call

I

PROOGM

I

is ac.vamd,
bul no
command was
l entered during the

_

I The caller must press

Manual

I your remote code to
I activate the fax

_
i

I.,._hin.

fax c_l

lVo,ceca,,
,'

1

i

The fax message
is received on
PAPER

The caller leaves a
voice message in
digital memory or

I1

hangs

_ can also
i send a fax

paper.
J MEMORY

If the caller stops speaking for 5 seconds
receiving mode automatically.

up.

The fax message is
received on paper.

l"l_e caller

while leaving

a message,

REMOTE
CODE
"51

the machine

PAPER

will go to fax

5) FAX: OFF
TAD: EXT.
(External
Answering

Machine

is ON.)
Incoming

Call

The caller must press

Fax reception
is
activated
by the
CNG Fax Tones
automatically.

Auto dial
fax call

Theexterna,
TAO
is Manual
activated-

your remote code to
activate the fax
mach

ne.

The caller leaves a
voice message on
the external TAD.

(_

I

EXT.
TAD
MEMORY

I
/
L

_[

Call

Incoming

I _<51

1

I Voice call

6) FAX: OFF
TAD: OFF

The fax message
is received on
paper.

]

MSG CTR PRO OGM I
is activated, but no
Icommand
was
I
lentered during the
I

IOGM

I
i

Fax reception

PAPER

I

is activated

The fax message

!!1_1!
r!!lll

REMOTE
CODE

automatically.

is received

:

:,

.:::_:

I

on paper.

_]_i!

II

I III-III_ ......

PAPER

GETTING
STARTED MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS

The 3 Basic

Steps

You can get started

to Turn

receiving

1.

Setting

2.

Recording

the Outgoing

Message

3.

Activating

the Message

Center

Setting

the Message

messages

the Message

the Message

Center

by doing the following

three

Mode

On

steps.

Storage.
(MSG CTR OGM).
Mode.

Storage

Setting the Message Storage is the first step in turning on the Message Center Mode.
Before you set the Message Storage, make sure you carefully read the "Mode Settings at a Glance"
(see page 11-2). If you are using the Voice-on-Demand
option, it is a good idea to set TAD mode
to ON. Then, if a caller does not enter a command during the Message Center Pro OGM, the
caller's message will still be stored in the flexible memory for TAD messages. Once you decide the
mode that best suits your needs, follow the steps below.
m

mr,"

-'

l

1. Press

FUNCTION.

( 1.TEMP.SETTINGS

2. Press

8.

( 8.SETUP

3. Press

1.

[ 1.MSG

MSG

nO

A

)
CTR

STORAGE

)
]

FAx:
OFF
]
-( SELECT,--, SET)
(
4. Press -_ (left arrow) or m,- (right
arrow) repeatedly
to select ON or
OFF.
Example: FAX: ON.
5. Press

SET.

(

_(

FAX:ON

]

TAD:ON

]

SELECT
6. Press
---I (left arrow) or _
arrow) repeatedly
to select
OFF.
Example: TAD: ON.
7. Press

SET.

8. Press

STOP to exit.

(right
ON or

<---'>&

(TAD:ON

1.MSG

SET
]

STORAGE

]

MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS

Recording

the

MSG

CTR

Outgoing

GE INO STARTED

Message

(MSG

CTR

OGM)

Recording your Message Center OGM is the second step in turning on the Message Center Mode.
After you have set the Message Storage, record your Message Center OGM (FAX: ON, TAD: ON
and FAX: OFF, TAD: ON modes). The type of OGM you select depends upon the Answer Mode
you have chosen. For the Message Center Mode, you must select MSG CTR OGM in Step 4 (not
F/T OGM). You will not be able to turn on the Message Center Mode (both AUTO and F/T lights
lit) until you have recorded an outgoing message for MSG CTR OGM. For the best recording
quality, hold the handset approximately
2 to 3 inches from your mouth (at slight angle). This will
avoid recording feedback.
It is important
to tell your callers your three-digit
remote activation
code, because many callers
do not realize when they press HOOK or lift the handset they are dialing manually.
(If you have
changed your remote code, use it instead
of .51.) Keep your outgoing message under
20
seconds.
If you have more to say and need a short instrunction,
end with:
"After the beep, please

leave a message

or send a fax, by pressing

51.

If callers tell you the .51 code does not work, find out if they waited to hear your fax machine
respond with chirping tones before they pressed the START key. If many of your callers have a
problem sending to you and you have time within the 20 seconds, record a longer OGM:
"Hi, this is
. I can't take your call right now. So after the beep, please
a fax. To send a fax, press .51, wait for fax tones, then press START."
NOTE:

leave a message

or send

You can record a message to be played in the F/T (FAX/TEL) Mode telling callers how
to send a fax. Of course, callers can not leave you a message in F/T mode, so don't ask
them to leave a voice message. To record a message for F/T mode you must select F/T
OGM in Step 4. For example: "I can't take your call right now. Please call again. To send
a fax message, after the beep press .51."

_

|" i:11m][,"]_ Ir_4k'AVj
IIII_i "[o]hL_m

1. Press

FUNCTION.

(

2. Press

8.

3. Press

6.

( 8.SETUPMSGCTR )
( 6. OGM
]
((

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

MSG

CTR

[ SELECT
4. Press _ (left arrow) or _
(right
arrow) repeatedly
until you get the
MSG CTR OGM.
5. Press

SET.

( MSG

OGM
<--÷

CTR

]

))
a

SET

OGM

)

]

( REC/ERASE/PLAY?

)

6. Press RECORD.

( PICK

HANDSET

)

7. Pick up the handset.

( RECORD

OGM:O0/20

]

C RECORD

0GM:15/20

8. Record a message
seconds.
9. Replace
the
The recorded
matically.

10.Press

shorter

handset.
message

STOP to exit.

than

is played

20

auto-

UP

(

P LAY I NG

OGM

-_

(

MSG

OGM

]_

CTR

(SELECT

<- -> &
I

11-8

SET
i

]

J

i. im..m 1ir

GETTING
STARTED MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS

Activating

the Message

Center

Mode

Now that you have selected the type of message storage you need (see page 11-7) and recorded
your outgoing message (see page 11-8), you are ready to turn your Message Center Mode on, when
you leave your home or office.
To activate

Message

Center

.....

\\//

S

AUTO

Press MODE

/Q...FfI"

on the control panel until both the"AUTO"

on.

...Then you can easily identify
indicator lights.

the Message

B) GETTING

MESSAGES

How

and "F/T" lights are

Will

YOUR

I Know

Messages

Center mode that is on by viewing

Have

Been

the Message

Center

Received?

Once you return home or to the office you can easily and quickly see if any voice or fax messages
have been stored in the Message Center. There are two ways to determine
if messages are stored.
If the TAD and/or FAX indicator lights are flashing, there is a new message stored.
( O_- means flashing.) Once a new voice message is played, the TAD indicator light stops flashing and
stays on. And once a new fax message is printed, the FAX indicator light turns to be off.

(1)

RECORD

ERASE

TAD

PLAY
FAX

]

(2) The LCD display will indicate the total number of incoming TAD and/or FAX messages stored
in Message Center memory. The number of TAD includes the Memo messages.

((

TAD:03

[

FAX:02
_

MAIL

BOX:I

See page
(See
page 11-10
11-11 for
for playing
printing ICM.)
faxes.)
(See page 12-18 for playing Personal Mailbox ICM.)

345

f

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
What

Happens

When

the

Memory

Is Full...

If the memory becomes full when you have set your fax machine to Message Center
mode or Message Center Pro mode, the machine will change to Ffr mode automatically.
(LED lights do not change.) In this mode, the fax machine can accept incoming faxes
automatically.
Fax-on- demand and Voice-on-demand
are still available for callers,
but they cannot gain access to Personal Mailbox. Then, if your fax machine should
run out of paper, the answer mode will shift automatically
to manual
mode. In
manual mode the call is not answered, so your caller will know to try again later.
1

I Out of RecordingPaper andMemory Full
[AnswerMode] [MSGCTRModeJT

] F/TMode [-_]ManualMode]

MemoryFull

Out of RecordingPaper
and Memory Full

Print the Memory Status List (see page 14-5) and select the item to be cleared
gain the memory for the effective use of it.

and

,mIH|HIlmlmr

11-9

MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS

Playing
an Incoming
(or Voice Alarm)

Voice

Message

(ICM)

I_
,

Press
(Press

PLAY.
FUNCTION

and

then

PLAY

the machine will beep
ID will flash on the

STOP to exit.

Back-up

Printing

When you
available
also get a
faxes are

Recorded

1"1:1P]_l _ W.=_v,vj! I !,!; [elv;m

((

9815550101

( 14:00

))

09/12/1996

)

Option

choose FAX: ON in the Message Center Mode, all incoming fax messages are stored into
memory. The factory setting for the "Back-up printing option" is set to ON, so you will
copy printed on paper. If you change the back-up printing option to OFF as follows, the
stored without a back-up copy:

m

i-"I=IID][,.'i"-JIL._k',A',vj
IIIl.'l: [e],v;_
(. 09/12/1996

1. Press

FUNCTION.

(

2. Press

8.

(8.SETUP

3. Press

2.

I
4. Press -11 (left arrow} or _-- (right
arrow) to access the OFF setting.
Example: OFF
5. Press

SET.

6. Press

STOP to exit.

15:25

BACKUP
SELECT

C BACKUP

2.BACKUP

MSG

)
)

I.TEMP.SETTINGS

2.BACKUP
_(

11-10

Memo

[ .AILBOX:l345 )
[_.ESSAGE01/03 ]

display if it is received.
- The ICM will start playing and the
date and time it was recorded
will
appear on the display.
- You can use -9 (left arrow) to play the
message again. If you press the arrow
during the beeping before the message,
the previous message will be played.
- You can use _ (right arrow) to skip to
the next message.

2. Press

and

(( TAD:o3FAX-02

for Voice Alarm.)
- The machine will play first the ICM,
then the Memo continuously
from the
oldest one in ICM/MEMO.
- Duringthe first second that the message
plays,
display
shows
the current
message number/total
number of messages.
- For one second,
and the Caller

GETTING
STARTED

CTR

PRINT

)
)

PRINT:ON
<- ÷ & SET

)_
]

PRINT:OFF

)

PRINT

GETTING
STARTED MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS

Printing

a Fax

Message

You can print a fax message that is stored in the memory.
Once you print a fax message, the FAX indicator light turns

_

to be off.

•,._'
_-__"

:___
col'_'
•

TAD:03

FAX:02

1. Press

FUNCTION.

(, 1.TEMP.SETTINGS

2. Press

8.

(

8.SETUP

MSG

3. Press

7.

(

7.

FAX

(

PRESS

4. Press

START.

START

)
CTR

]
)

KEY

)

[PRINTING
(

5. Press

PRINT*

)

7.PRINT

)
FAX

)

STOP to exit.

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
Erasing

and Printing

FAX Messages

1.

It is not possible to erase a single fax message,
them. (See page 11-12, "All in One Erasing".)

2.

If you choose to erase all the fax messages,
your fax machine
will print
automatically
any fax messages that have not been printed, before it erases them
from the memory.

Calling
trieval)

Your

Message

Center

you can erase

for Messages

(See

only all or none of

Remote

Re-

If you have set your Message Center to store incoinlng fax messages (via FAX: ON, TAD: OFF/
EXT. or FAX: ON, TAD: ON modes), you have the ability to retrieve these fax messages from any
remote group 3 facsimile machine.
Of course you can also remotely retrieve your voice messages as well from any touch tone phone.
(See page 11-22 for more information.)

11-11

MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS

C) ERASING

YOUR

ERASINGYOURMESSAGES

MESSAGES

Erasing
Incoming
Voice
Memo (or Voice Alarm)

Messages,

Fax

There are two ways to erase voice messages and recorded
One Erasing.
Fax messages can not be erased one at a time.

Messages

and

Recorded

Memo: One by One Erasing

and All in

One by One Erasing

m

,'4:k'J,'l(oil .a._,%_
.

Press PLAY and begin to play.
(Press FUNCTION and then PLAY
for Voice Alarm.)

.

Press ERASE before you hear the
beep which means the beginning
of
next message.
Press 1 to erase this message
exit the function.

.

4. Press

STOP

l: i 4 _'.._k_'r,
D]

vjttitll,,"]
-"[_,'_,mplW

( MESSAGE

((

01/03

( ERASE
THIS
MSG.?
1.CLEAR
2.EXIT

)

)_
]

or 2 to

to exit.

All in One Erasing
You can erase

all incoming

TAD or FAX messages

at once.

In

.

,

Press E RAS E when the display asks
you if you want to erase.
Press --9 (left arrow) or P.- (right
arrow) to select whether
you want
to erase all voice messages
(TAD),
all document
messages
(FAX), or
all messages
(MSG).
Example: ALL TAD.

3. Press

SET.

1"!:1 .] k] ;,iIr=YdiVji ! I_t; [o:li,VlW_
(

TAD:03
ERASE
SELECT

ALL
TAD?
<- -> & SET

])

(
[

ERASE

ALL

TAD?

]

ERASE

ALL

TAD?

]

(.(

((

"_( 1.CLEAR
4. Press

......

11-12

1 to erase

!

....

or 2 to cancel.

_'_L]l! ]l[!r

I H$II

(

TAD:O0

FAX:02

2.EXIT
FAX:02

)

CHANGE
THEOUTGOING
MESSAGE MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS
D) CHANGE
Playing

THE

Your

OUTGOING

Outgoing

Message

MESSAGE
(OGM)
-_- 1-'1:11
_[-l;,,llr.'V&V_ltl!l-']-"[e_v,_

1. Press FUNCTION.

(

2. Press 8.

_ 8.SETUP

3. Press 6.

(

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

)

MSG

CTR

6.0GM

]

CTRoG.
( [.sG
_" SELECT
<- -> &
.

.

Press --_ (left arrow) or m.- (right
arrow) to select either
MSG CTR
OGM or Ffr OGM.
Example: MSG CTR OGM.
Press

SET.

6. Press PLAY to start
outgoing message.
7. Press

(

playing

(

your

MSG

CTR

SET

]

OGM

_Y

]

REC/ERASE/PLAY?

]

PLAYING

]

OG"

STOP to exit.

Erasing

Your

Outgoing

Message

(OGM)
m

1"11 t] [,:']"Jl'_'¥&',vjI I !,'] -"[e!T£_

1. Press

FUNCTION.

(

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

2. Press

8.

(

8.SETUP

3. Press

6.

( 6.OGM
(

_ MSG

--{

SET.

MSG

(

6. Press ERASE.

]

MSG

CTR

OGM
÷

CTR

÷

])
&

8. Press

STOP to exit.

OGM.

_"Record a new Outgoing Message.
OGM on page 11-8)" ).

]

REC/ERASE/PLAY?

( 1.CLEAR

1 to erase

SET

OGM

(C ERASEOG.?

7. Press

)

]

CTR

SELECT

4. Press -9, (left arrow) or m-- £right
arrow) to select either MSG CTR
OGM or F/T OGM.
Example: MSG CTR OGM.
5. Press

]

2.EXIT

( REC/ERASE/PLAY?

(See the section "Recording the Outgoing

]

Message

]
1

£MSG CTR

11-13

MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS
E) MORE
Setting

MOREFEATURES

FEATURES

the

Toll

Saver

Toll saver allows you to call your fax machine and hang up without paying for the call if you have
no messages.
The Message
Center will answer after only 2 rings if you do have incoming
messages, and after 4 rings if you do not have messages. So, if it rings three times when you call
for messages, hang up.
The factory default setting for the Toll Saver feature is OFF and if it is ON, it overrides your
current Ring Delay setting.
If you want your Message Center to answer in the number of rings you set in the Ring Delay
function, turn Toll Saver OFF.

(

09/12/1996

15:25

1. Press

FUNCTION.

( I.TEMP.SETTINGS

2. Press

8.

( B.SETUP

MSG

3. Press

9.

C 9. TOLL

SAVER

( TOLL
(_
4. Press --_ deft arrow) or _
(right
arrow) to select ON or OFF.
Example: ON.
5. Press

SET.

6. Press

STOP to exit.

Setting

the Maximum

<'-"> &

)
SET?

)

Messages

)

SA V ER

.)

(ICM MAX. TIME)

Although the initial setting on your fax machine for the maximum
length of incoming
messages is 30 seconds, you can adjust it. You have a choice of setting it from 20 seconds
seconds, at 5 second intervals.
This time is also used for max. time of Personal
Mailbox
Memo, Voice Alarm and Voice Information
recording.
t

]

SAVER:ON

TOLL

(.__9. T 0 L L

Time for Incoming

CTR

SAVER:OFF

SELECT
(

)

voice
to 60
ICM,

ttttttt

_

mmmm+m_[4:_'1,1lie] dt+:_$--mm_+++m

i -"1:11
D][.,"]
_lf_'_k'dl,','jI t!W[,.."]
."[e],v,'_

1. Press

FUNCTION.

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

2. Press

8.

8.SETUP

3. Press

5.

5.ICM

MSG

]

CTR

MAX.TIME

(,.C.EssAG 3o sEc )
r

11-14

I1111"1I II

'1eFT

..................

[I

!!

........

III_I M!1 !111 .........

MOREFEATURES MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS
4. Press

---1 (left arrow)

arrow)
for

to select

incoming

or 1..-- (right

the maximum
messages,

(

25

,]

SEC

Personal

Mailbox
ICM, Memo
Alarm
recording.
Example: 25 $EC.

and

Voice

5. PressSET.
6. Press

MESSAGE

time

( 5.1CM

MAX.TIME

)

STOP to exit.

Changing

the

Recording

Mode

Setting

(Voice

Quality)

There are two modes available for recording mcoming messages, memos, Voice Alarm, Personal
Mailbox messages.
The HIGH setting refers to a higher-quality
sound recording,
and the
NORMAL setting refers to a normal-quality
sound recording. The HIGH setting is approximately
10_ recording
time shorter than NORMAL, so the NORMAL
setting is recommended
if you
receive a lot of messages. To change the setting to the one you want, follow the procedure below.
The factory setting is HIGH.

_ :t'_t (e]'J fl:kg_._

_

|'- 14 ,] [,']_ r-'V&','A1U_!"-[e_'.'_! m
(

09/12/1996

15:25

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

1. Press

FUNCTION.

(

2. Press

8.

( 8.SETUP

3. Press

8.

(

8.RECORDING

(

REC.MODE:HIGH
SELECT
÷ ÷

4. Press _
(left arrow)or
_
£right
arrow) to select HIGH or NORMAL.
Example: HIGH.

[

REC.MODE:HIGH

5. PressSET.

(

8. RECORDING

_(

6. Press

"

STOP

]

MSG

&

CTR

]

MODE

)

SET

)
)
]

)

MODE

to exit.

I hL' vt,. d]l,d)lL'

length

)

t u"._ul'(_ilng

of recording

IAIII('

In U[)

LO L't nUlIULL'_

time will be effected

ill

Lht'

_

(}|{i]tlAL

.".t'tLlllL_.

if you select the HIGH

_3LIL

Lilt'

setting.

• The recording time for the outgoing message for the fax and telephone (F/T) and
the outgoing message for the Message Center will not be influenced by the HIGH/
NORMAL setting of the Recording Mode. These outgoing messages will automatically be recorded in HIGH mode.

Recording

a Conversation

You can record a telephone conversation
by simply pressing RECORD during the conversation
(up to ICM MAX. TIME). During recording a conversation,
a beep sounds every 15 seconds to
notify the caller.
You can play or erase this recording the same way as in MEMO recording.

.........

1i-15

MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS

Recording

a Memo

You can record

a memo in your fax nmchine

for someone

m
RECORD.

1. Press

(up to ICM

3. Press
set.

STOP

and speakyom"
MAX.

/ -"I:n D][,..]_ tr_,Ik'AVjI tlti.-]'-[o],V,w!w___
*

or replace

the

F) PAGING/FAX

I

)

[ REC.MEMO:20/30

hand-

( TAD:01

an Incoming
Incoming

Voice Message

Voice Messages,

)

FAX:O0
([CM) and Recorded
Fax Messages,

Memo

and Recorded

Forwarding?

Message Center mode provides the additional
option of either
voice and fax messages have been received into the memory.
works

HANDSET

FORWARDING

is Paging/Fax

How paging

UP

( REC.MEMO:O0/30

TIME).

To play a Memo see the section Playing
(see page 11-10).
To erase a Memo see the section Erasing
Memo (see page 11-12).

What

who also uses it in your home or office.

( PICK

2. Pick up the handset
memo

MOREFEATURES

(Paging

on)

Paging o1"Fax Forwarding

How fax forwarding

Incoming voice or fax

works

after

(Fax Forward

I Inc°ming

fax

on)

I

The voice or fax is stored in the message
center memory.

The fax is stored in the message center
memory.

I

Paging function is activated.

Fax forwarding function is activated,

I

The fax will dial the registered pager
telephone number.

The registered fax forwarding number
is dialed,

Once connected, the fax dials your
registered PIN number,
(Personal ID number).

Once connected, the machine sends
the fax tone to another fax machine.

I

Your personal pager is activated.

I !

11-16

!!1! !!1!!

!

I

L

The machine sends stored fax from the
memory to the forwarding location,

g_!l

!!!!'!'!! ?! ?

___

.........

••:=:::::::i:.

:_

'_.?1_

PAGING
/FAXFORWARDING MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS

1.

It}LIL_H[dLLI\d[L'tHI[>

[)_tBII|_uI

ldXItH

_,tltiln_,t[]c_

,tit

xt

t)

.,_lllll[al'|Olt[ult._,tlK_

can not be used simultaneously.
2 The paging feature can be used in the lnmted modes of the Message
it will page based upon receipt of messages into the memory.
3. If paging
memory.

Setting

is ON, you will be paged every time a voice or fax message

Up Paging

(Registering

Paging

Center,

since

is received into

Number)

•m,_i;]'_ i] F'];jIrA'&YjII!_']-" [-]A'_
09/12/1996

15:25

1. Press

FUNCTION.

( 1.TEMP.SETTINGS

2. Press

8.

(" 8.SETUP

MSG

3. Press

3.

(

3.FAX

'_WD/PAGING

( CoFF
[ SELECT
4. Press --_ (left arrow) and _
arrow) to select PAGING.
5. Press

[right

SET.

SET.

÷

( PAGING

( [[

6. Enter
a paging
number
up to 20
digits (this is the telephone number
of your pager), followed by two #
signs. Do not include the area code
if it is the same for your fax machine and pager.
Example: 18002844329##.
7. Press

÷

x.

)
CTR

&

)
)

SET)

))
)

SET

]
]

( #:18002844329##_

)

F-(

PAG#:
ENTER

]

&

PIN#:
ENTER

)
&

SET

I1-17

)

MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS
8. Enter

a PIN (Personal

Identifica-

PAGING/FAXFORWARDING

[

5#L19085551234##

)

(

3.FAX

)

tion Number),
#, press
REDIAL/
PAUSE key your fax telephone
number,
and ##.
Example: 12345#-19085551234##.
- If you do not use a PIN, you must enter
the telephone number of your fax machine. Press REDIAL/PAUSE key before
entering your fax number and add ## at
the end.
Example: -19085551234##

9. Press

SET.

10. Press

STOP to exit.

- Paging number
- REDIAI]PAUSE

FWD/PAGING

and PIN cannot be changed remotely.
appears as a hyphen on the display.

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
The PIN (Personal Identification
Number) you enter depends upon the type of paging
company you use. There are generally
two types of paging companies...
1) Satellite Pagers:
plus your return

In this case we recommend you enter your actual
your fax telephone/fax
number (or special alpha
PIN#

For Example:

Return#

PIN#

12345#i9085551234"##

or

Alpha

satellite PIN#
message).

Message

12345#329329329##
T

FAXFAXFAX

2) Radio Pagers: Most* radio pagers do not require a PIN #, and in this case you
should use the PIN # in your fax only for the return number or special alpha
message.
Return#
For Example:

19085551234##

Alph Message
or 329329329##
•

T

,,o

FAXFAXFAX
* If your radm pager
The "##" symbols
Message.

11-18

utilizes

a PIN # then use satellite

at the end of the return

sequence

above.

# are used to signify the end the PIN #/

REMOTERETRIEVAL MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS

Setting

Up Fax Forwarding

(Registering

Fax Forwarding
m

Number)

II; 1:1D][,:']QV.,,_"dIVAI
IIIIq,,']-"[olvi',Umll
(

09/12/1996

15:25

I.TEMP.SETTINGS

]

1. Press

FUNCTION.

[

2. Press

8.

(8.SETUPMSGCTR )

3. Press

3.

(

3.FAX

FWD/PAGING

oFF

(" SELECT
4. Press --9 (lei_ arrow)and
_ (right
arrow) to select FAX FORWARD.

FAX

SET.

5. Press

<'-"_ &

7. Press

SET.

8. Press

STOP to exit.

number

up

)

SET

FORWARD

WD#:
((
( ENTER
&

6. Enter a fax forwarding
to 20 digits.
Example: 18005551234.

)

))
)
)

))
SET

)

(

WD#:18005551234_

,)

(

3.FAX

]

FWD/PAGING

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
Memory

Back-up

of Message

Center

Memory

After you plug in the electrical cord, it will take a few days to charge the battery for
memory backup of the Message Center memory. It will keep memory for several
hours at full charge after a power interruption
occurs.
•

J

Changing

the Fax

Forwarding

You can change the Fax Forwarding
22 for more information.

G) REMOTE
What

number

Number
remotely

Remotely
fi'om any touch

tone phone.

See page 11-

RETRIEVAL

Is Remote

Control

Access?

When you leave your home or office and turn on your Message Center to receive voice andJor fax
messages, you can call your machine from any touch tone phone or remote group 3 fax machine
and retrieve those messages. You can also program and control your Message Center with control
codes when you call. (See the Remote Control Commands
on page 11-22 for more information
about the settings you can change remotely.)
[ml i

11-19

MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS REMOTERETRIEVAL

Setting

the Remote

Access

Code

Use the Remote Access Code from another location to retrieve voice and/or fax messages that are
stored in your Message Center's memory. Change your Remote Access Code and use it as a "secret
password" if you wish to safeguard your messages.
The factory default setting for the Remote Access Code is "159_<". You can change the first three
digits of the Remote Access Code, but the last digit (an asterisk) can not be changed. The first three
digits must not be the same as your Remote Activation or Remote Deactivation
Codes. (Example:
If your Remote Access Code is 160_<, do not use 160, 60>k, 01>k, 02* or 03>k for either the Activation
or Deactivation
Code.) When you use the Remote Access Code, you must press all four keys (threedigit number plush<)

m

I"1:1D]F']d7;Y&v;_Iqqi,-]"[ely;him
09/12/1996

1. Press

FUNCTION.

2. Press

8.

8.SETUP

3. Press

4.

4.REMOTE

15:25

( I.TEMP.SETTINGS
MSG

)
CTR

ACCESS

CODE:159_

( ACCESS

CODE:160_

5. Wait for two seconds.

( 4.

6. Press

)

ACCESS

4. Enter a three digit number
000 to
999. The last digit, an asterisk, can
not be changed.
Example: 160..

REMOTE

)

ACCESS

STOP to exit.

Helpful Hints

Change the remote control
to your Message Center.

code and use it as a "'secret password"

to limit access

When you use the Remote Access Code, you must press all four keys (three-digit
number plus _<).

11-20

REMOTE
RETRIEVAL MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS

Using

the

Remote

Access

1. Pick up the handset

Code

of a remote

2. Dial your fax machine's

number.

3. When your fax machine
Access Code (159$).

answers

touch

with

tone phone

or fax machine.

a beep, immediately

press

your Remote

If your fax machine is in MANUAL mode, you can access the Message Center by waiting for
20 rings and then pressing the code within 30 seconds.
4. The fax machine

will tell you the kind of message(s)

One long beep:
Two long beeps:
Three long beeps:
(No long beeps:

5. As soon as you hear

Received FAX
Received TAD
Received both
No message(s)

two (2) short

it has received:

message(s).
message(s).
FAX and TAD messages.
have been received.)

beeps,

press

a Control

Command.

Each time your fax machine completes an instruction,
it gives two (2) short beeps telling you
to enter the next command; if you wait longer than 30 seconds to enter the command, your
machine will disconnect the line. If you perform a wrong operation, yon will hear three (3) short
beeps.

6. When you are ready

to exit remote

control

mode, press

90 to reset your machine.

11-21

MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS
Remote

Control

You can program

Commands

and control

tour fax machine

Playmgvoice
1 _

messages

control

After one long beep, the machine

plays ICM, Memo and Voice Alarm.

next)

During playing
message.

ICM, Memo and Voice Alarm,

9 STOP Playing

Stop playing

92

Record

After one long beep, you can record
by pressing
9.

93

Erase

94

Play and Record
in memory

1 Play

Memo
all ICM & Memo

2 F/T OGM

95

12 MSG
CTROGM
Fff OGM

Changmg
Fax Forwarding
/Paging setting
1 OFF
2 Fax Forwarding
3 Paging
4 FAX FWD NO
5 FWD NO CONFIRM

96

Retrieve

ICM, Memo and Voice Alarm.
a memo. You can stop recording

one long beep, the erase is accepted. If you hear three short
can not erase because all voice messages
have not been
there is no vome message to erase.
erases all recorded messages,
not one by one.

The machine
pressing
9.

plays the selected

OGM. You can stop playing

OGM by

After one long beep, you can record the selected OGM. You will hear
the OGM message played once. You can stop recording the message
by pressing
9.
If you hear one long beep, the change is accepted. If you hear three
short beeps, you can not change it because
the conditions
(ex.
registering
paging
number)
have not been completed.
You can
register your fax forwarding
number by using 4. FAX FWD NO (see
page 11-19). Once you have registered
the number, the machine will
automatically
turn to "FAX FWD.ON" mode. Then receive a Memory
Status List by entering 961 (see page 11-23). After you make sure
that the Fax Forwarding
number you registered
is correct in the List,
enter the confirmation
command 955. Now the machine will start
Fax Forwarding.

FAX

1 Memory
2 00

If you hear
beeps, you
played, or
*This code

you can skip to next

OGM

I 1 MSG CTR OGM

2 Record

commands.

Press 1 while listening to an ICM, Memo or Voice Alarm message to
play it again.
If you press 1 before a message,
you will hear the
previous message.

(Skip back)

2 P'_ (Skip

with remote

Detail Operation

Remote control commands
91

REMOTE
RETRIEVAL

Status

Retrmve

List
all FAX

You must call from remote fax machine m order to receive
stored fax messages.
(See page 11-23.)

a report

or

2 "MSG No." 00
Retrieve by MSG
number
3 Erase FAX in the
memory
97

Check

the receiving

If you hear
menmry.
status

1 FAX

one long beep,

you can

erase

fax message

from

the

You can check whether your fax machine has received any FAX or
TAD messages. If yes, you will hear one long beep. if no, you will hear
three short beeps

2 TAD
98

Change

Answer

1 MSG CTR

Mode

If you hear one long beep, you can change the answer mode. If you
hear three short beeps, you can not change it. (ex. There is no MSG
CTR OGM when you want to change to MSG CTR mode.)

2 F/T
3 AUTO
90

11-22

Exit

After a long beep, you can exit remote

control

REMOTERETRIEVAL MESSAGE CENTER MODE SEI-rlNGS

Retrieving
From

the Memory

a remote

fax

machine,

Status

you

can

List

retrieve

and

your

Fax

Memory

Messages

Status

List

to see

Remotely
if you have

any

stored fax messages in the memory. Then you can retrieve all or only specified fax messages that
are on the list.
1. Pick up the handset

of a remote

2. Dial your fax machine's

number.

3. When your fax machine
Access Code (159*).

answers

touch

tone fax machine.

with a beep,

immediately

beeps,

961.

4. As soon as you hear two (2) short

press

press

your

Remote

5. When you hear your fax machine
through the handset responding
with a fax
tone, press START and hold the handset if you want to retrieve fax messages also.
(If you wish to retrieve only the Memory Status List, re__place the handset.)
6. You remote

fax machine

7. Look at the Memory
retrieve.

will print

Status

the Memory

Status

List. (See page 12-5.)

List to see if there are any fax messages

you want

to

8. Press 96 2 as soon as you hear two (2) short beeps.
After 96 2, enter the two-digit message
(ex. 01 ) and end by pressing 00.

numbers

from the Memory

Status

List

ex.) To receive NO.1 and NO.2 messages, press 96 2 01 02 00.
If you want

to retrieve

all messages,

simply

press

00.

ex.) To retrieve all fax messages, press 96 2 00.
9. When you hear your fax machine
tone, press START.
10.Replace
ll.Your

the handset

responding

with a fax

the handset.

remote

Changing

through

fax machine

the

will print

Fax Forwarding

1. Pick up the handset

of a remote

2. Dial your fax machine's

number.

3. When your fax machine
Access Code (159*).

answers

4. As soon as you hear

the fax messages.

Number

Remotely

fax machine.
with

two (2) short

a beep,

beeps,

press

immediately

press

your Remote

954.

5. Enter your new Fax Forwarding
number using the number keys (up to 20 digits).
You can not register
* and # as dial numbers.
Use * to create a pause between
the dial numbers.
6. Press

# after

entering

7. As soon as you hear

the new number.
the next two (2) short

8. When you hear your fax machine
through
tone, press START and hold the handset.
9. Your remote fax machine
will print
make sure the new Fax Forwarding

beeps,
the

press
handset

961.
responding

with

a fax

the Memory Status List. Look at the list to
number
you registered
is correct.

10.If the new number is correct, wait for the next two (2) short beeps, and press 955.
(If the new number is incorrect,
press 954 and reenter the number beginning
at
Step 5.)
ll.Replace

the handset.

Your new Fax Forwarding

number

is activated.
•

11-23

r]r

MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS

H) VOICE
Voice

VOZCE, M

_M

Alarm

This function can help you manage your work schedule.
With this function, you can record your
schedule of events for the following week on your fax machine and have your fax machine alert
you at scheduled time. The fax machine will play a recorded voice message (which you store) to
remind you of your appointment
or schedule. For each appointment
reminders,
you record a voice
message, and key in the date and time you wish the message to be played. When the set time
comes you will hear the message played back on the fax machine. It's a great tool for keeping
important
appointments.

Setting

the

Voice

Alarm

You can start setting your Voice Alarm by pressing FUNCTION
and RECORD.
You need to
enter 3 pieces of information
for setting the Voice Alarm : 1) day, 2) time, and 3) voice message.
To record a voice message, use the handset.
You can set up to one week's worth of Voice Alarm
messages.
, IIII

m

I' 1:11
_ [,1_llr;_'&Vj III11,1"[olV,l,mm
(

1. Press

FUNCTION.

(ENTER
the

2. Press
RECORD when
shows:
"ENTER NO. & SET".

Press

--_

(left

arrow)

((
or _

15:25
NO.

&

SET

)

[ VOlCEALARM

LCD

3. Wait for 2 seconds.

.

09/12/1996

(right

SET

DAY=TODAY

L SELECT ÷ ÷
( SET DAY=SAT

&

SET

]

arrow)
to select a day.
Example: If today is Wednesday, you can
choose from: TODAY, TOMORROW,
FRIDAY, SATURDAY, SUNDAY, MONDAY, TUESDAY.
Example: SAT.

SET

TIME=f5:25

)

(

SET

TIME=20:O0

)

7. Wait for 2 seconds

(

PRESS

8. Press

(

PICK

.

Press SET.
The current time will be displayed.

6. Enter the time in 24-hour
Example: 20:00 (8:00 P.M.)

format.

RECORD.

III1!

...,i,,,

....

!11!!

!!!

RECORD
UP

!

!1 !

HANDSET

KEY

)
)

MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS

VOICE M

9. Pick up the handset and speak your
Voice Message
(up to ICM MAX.
TIME).
STOP or replace

10.Press
set.

Helpful Hints

the

(

REC.MSG.

:01/20

)

C REC.MSG.

:18/20

)

( 09/12/1996

hand-

15:26

)

You can record Voice Alarm Messages to help you manage your workload even
when your memory is set for "TAD: OFF" or "TAD: EXT." in Message Storage
[see page 11-7).

[_o]l[o]:
being recorded will be cancelled.
will be deleted.

Also, the entire

If you don't press RECORD
within 2 seconds
NO. & SET") after you press FUNCTION,
schedule.

entry including

the day and time

d.c. while the LCD displays "ENTER
you will not be able to enter the

The number of entries in your schedule will not be counted in the total of incoming
calls on your TAD. Consequently,
the LCD will display the date and time after you
enter the schedule.

FOR YOURINFOI_MA,iiON
Recording

Voice

Messages

for

the

Voice

Alarm

• You can set the maximum
recording
length for a voice message, from 20-60
seconds.
Use Function menu 8-5 (See page 11-14). This setting also applies to
incoming messages in Message Center and Personal Mailbox, memos and voice
information.
• You can enter up to 99 entries of voice messages,
of incoming messages and memos.

and a combined

total of 99 entries

Examples
of Voice Alarm messages:
"There's
a meeting in the conference room on Nov. 7 at 1:30 PM"
" Call Mr. Johnson at ABC Trading Co. on Nov. 8 at 2:00 PM"
" Dentist Appointment
on Nov. 9 at 10:00 AM"
" Mr. Brown, could you please attend the sales meeting in the conference
on Nov. 10, at 4:00 PM?"

room

When you call your fax machine from a remote location to play back your schedule
of events, you will not be able to see the display for the dates and times in the Voice
Alarm, so it's a good idea to mention the dates and times when you record the voice
messages.

___

.......

]

IIIgl!

rigW

.....

L!tJIL .......

i

___]r.

11-25

MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS
How

Will

the

Voice

If you have the Voice Alarm

Alarm

Perform

set at Monday,

VOICEALARM

When

the Set

15:26, the following

mn

Time

will happen:

i" I :i Pl b-i_ Ir_,¥A,,_j]I!I_i: [*_,,v_

__09/12/1996
1. The _ct time appears,
a beep fbllows and you will hear the voice
message played once.
2. The playback
finishes.

(

of the voice message

((

3. If you want to hear the voice message again, press 1, if not, press 2.
Example: Press 2 key.

Comes...

MONDAY

15:25

]

15:26

]

1.REPEAT
2.EXIT
( voice
ARM
(

09/12/1996

15:26

- If you don't press 1 or 2 after 10
seconds, the machine will simply return to its normal idle position and
display the date and time.

I_o_l[_l
11 you

_x,mt

to

_top

l.hc

beL, pmg

m

.-,Lop

playing

-..j
a

Voice

Ala[m

lllL'_Sdg_',

pl("_

STOP.
2'he Voice Alarm message will not be played when you are sending or recen*mg a
fax, using the phone, receiving a fax into the memory or when one of the Message
Center functions
is operating.
However, the voice message will be played once
these activities are finished.
The Voice Alarm message will automatically
be cleared after it has been activated/
played. If the machine discovers that you have a Voice Alarm message with a time
earlier than the present due to the change of the current date and time, it will
immediately
play the schedule once and then erase it.
If you have two entries
one after the other.

.....

11-26

in your schedule

"...............................212............_._._..:_

with the same date and time, they will play

"" _2.2

..___,_I;:L

"

.

_'_4_

"__

_

)

VOICE
ALARM MESSAGE CENTER MODE SETTINGS

Using the Voice Alarm:
Playing
One, Erasing
All at Once

Entries,

Erasing

Entries

One

by

Once you press FUNCTION,
be ready to press PLAY, or ERASE imme&ately,
depending
upon
whether you want to play an entry or erase everything.
For instructions
on how to play and how
to erase, refer to the instructions
in the ICM, Memo section. (See page 11-10, 11-12.) When you
play an entry, the display will show you the date and time of your scheduled entries.
You can
delete entries one by one, the same way you would do so for incoming messages or memos: press
ERASE while playing an entry.

11you don t pl (..,> I*LA_ or ]:,RASE wltlun 2 >ccund._ tl.c. _ lille the Lt_ D dl_pl,_ 3 >
"ENTER NO. & SET") after you press FUNCTION,
you will not be able to play
back or delete entries.
If you don't press FUNCTION,
and just press PLAY, you will only be able to hear
incoming messages
and memos.
You won't be able to hear the Voice Alarm
messages.
If you don't press FUNCTION,
and just press ERASE, you will only be able to
delete incoming messages and memos. Voice Alarm messages will not be deleted.

Remote

Control

of the

Voice

Alarm

When you are o11 the road, you can call your fax machine
messages. (See Page 11-22.)

and

play back your

Voice Alarm

m

• _oU

c_tn[tot

>eL the

Voice

Ald_m

b 3 tt,ntott,

cuiitl'ol.

• Also, note that you will only be able to hear the recorded Vmce Alal., J,_('._.tb;l 'l o u
will not be able to see the dates and times of the schedule on the display, so it's a
good idea to record important
dates and times as part of your Voice Alarm
messages when you first record them.

11-27

MESSAGE CENTER PRO SETTINGS

GETTING
STARTED

12. MESSAGE CENTER PRO SETTINGS
(ONL Y FOR FAX 1450MC/1550MC,
A) GETTING
What

MFC

1850MC/1950MC)

STARTED

is Message

Center

As an additional enhancement
with:
• Fax-on-Demand
• Voice-on-Demand
• Personal Mailbox

Pro?

of the Message

Center,

the Message

You can easily set up all of the above functions in the FUNCTION
Message Center Pro on or off.
Using the Message Center Pro will have no effect on the standard

F

(

Incoming Call

Center

menu

Pro provides

you

as well as turmng

the

Message

Center

functmns.

)
I

MSG CTR PRO: OFF

MSG CTR OGM

I
I

÷
MSG CTR
FEATURES

1
J

F

(

Incoming Call

)

MSG CTR PRO [__
J MODE
MSG CTR PRO: ON

MAIL BOX OGM
FAX ON
DEMAND OGM

MSG CTR PRO OGM

VOICE ON
DEMAND OGM

MSG CTR
FEATURES
J

What

Fax-on-Demand

and

Voice-on-Demand

Do

The fax-on-demand
and voice-on-demand
allow you to store fax and voace messages
into the
memory boxes, respectively.
People calling to your fax machine can gain selective access to certain
messages.
This fax machine has up to 99 fax-on-demand
memory boxes and up to 99 voice-on-demand
memory
boxes. You can use the memory boxes to provide callers with more information
automatically
and effectively, without answering
the call yourself.

12-1

GETTING
STARTED MESSAGE CENTER PRO SETTINGS

l[o]j[o]

.j

"_ot. l\l_.._.,t_t ('cnttt l'ru .._d Standard l_lc._._g(. Centei combined ha_e a total
capacity of 8 minutes of voice messages or 20 pages of fax messages. The memory is
a flexible dynamic memory, so when you use a combination of Fax-on-Demand,
Voice-on-Denmnd and Personal Mailbox, the memory will be used on a first come,
first served basis. Although the Fax-on-Demand and Voice-on-Demand functions
each allow you to enter message numbers from 01 to 99, you are still limited by the
8 minute or 20 page total capacity. The flexibility of numbers will let you categorize
your messages with a numbering system. For example: 01 directions to your office,
10 - 19 product information, 20 -24 price lists, 30 - 33 sale events, etc.
The memory

on your machine

can be expanded.

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
Application

Examples

For smaller-scale
Using the
•
•
•
•
•

of Fax-on-Demand/Voice-on.Demand

business stores or offices:

fax-on-demand,
you can store
your new product news in memory box 01,
your price information
in memory box 02,
your shipment
schedule in menmry box 03,
the lineup of all your product family in memory
your order forms in memory box 05.

The voice-on-demand

feature

record the Level 10GM
Center Pro.

When customers call you, the recorded Level I and
the memory boxes containing
the information
they
information
as a fax or voice message, even if no one
that the fax machine autonmtically
answers your

the Personal

box 04, and

will allow you to record the same information

To set up voice-on-demand,
verbally
page 12-6) and turn on the Message

What

Features

Mailbox

verbally.

and Level 20GM

(see

20GM will direct them to access
want. The customers can extract
is present in your office. It means
customers'
calls.

Does

The personal mailbox feature allows callers to enter a confidential fax or voice message into the
selected one out of five personal mailboxes (compartments).
Each of those personal mailboxes can be accessed only with a pre-determined
password, so that
even if the fax machine is used by more than one person, this feature helps protect the privacy
of the users.
You must use the password to extract
you call from a remote fax machine.

-

a confidential

fax or voice message

from your mailbox when

12-2

MESSAGE CENTER PRO SETTINGS

GETTING
STARTED

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
Application

Examples

of Personal

Mailbox

For smaller-scale business stores or offices:
In a business
office where sales persons work out of the office, assign personal
mailbox 01 to Mr. A, 02 to Mrs. B, 03 to Ms. C, ... Customers
with orders or inquiries
can gain direct access to the appropriate
person for a quicker response.
For residential

users:

At home, assign personal mailbox 01 to Father, 02 to Mother, 03 to Sis, 04 to Junior,
.... That way, all family member's
messages will be organized
in a group for each
person, for quick and easy retrieval.
NOTE:

12-3

The password for a personal mailbox can be easily registered,
checked on the display through function menu 9-3.

changed

or

GETTINGSTARTED MESSAGE CENTER PRO SETTINGS

How the Caller
Accesses
the Fax-on-Demand,
Memory
Boxes or Personal
Mailboxes
Callers can easily access a fax-on-demand
or voice-on-demand
while being guided by the 1st and 2nd Level OGMs below.

Caller Access Route
Incoming Call

Voice-on-Demand

memory

box or personal

mailbox

Your Setting up Procedure
Setting up Step 1

)

Storing messages in the memory boxes
Step la: For Fax-on-demand
Storing fax information in a
memory box
(see page 12-7.)

l (for Message
1st Level Center
OGM Pro)

01.

Step I b: For Voice-on-demand
Recording voice information in
a memory box
(see page 12-10.)

02*
2nd Level OGM

for
Mailbox
OGM

for
Fax-onDemand
OGM

for
Voice-onDemand
OGM

Step lc: For Personal Mailbox
Setting up a password and recording a personal mailbox
OGM for the mailbox
(see page 12-12.)

Ft I I I LIIllllI I I 'Jill

4,

@@@®®6@..........
@@@@
........
@@
5 mailbox
compartments
(for fax/voice
ICM)

99 memory
boxes
(for fax
OGM)

Setting

99 memory
boxes
(for voice
OGM)

up Step 2

Recording a 2nd Level OGM** for each
fax-on-demand, voice-on-demand, or personal mailbox
**: See page 12-6.
(see page 12-13.)

Setting

up Step 3

Recording a 1st Level OGM* for Message
Center Pro
*: See page 12-6.

Setting

(see page 12-16.)

up Step 4

Turning on the Message Center Pro
(see page 12-18.)
Helpful Hints

It is a good idea to store the command
on-demand
in fax-on-demand
memory
list first.

menu list of fax-on-demand
and voicebox 01. and guide callers to retrieve the

12-4

MESSAGE CENTER PRO SETTINGS

B) SETTING

SErrING
UPrHSF, /VO CE.ON.DEM D

UP THE FAX/VOICE-ON-DEMAND

You can easily set up the fax-on-demand
following steps:

and voice-on-demand

in the FUNCTION

menu using

the

Setting up Step 1
Storing messages in the memory boxes
Step la:

Step lb:

For Fax-on-demand
Storing/Erasing/Printing

fax information in a memory box
(see page 12-7.)

For Voice-on-demand
Recording/Erasing/Playing
memory box

a voice

information in a
(see page 12-9.)

Step lc:

For Personal Mailbox
Setting up a password and Recording a Personal Mailbox
OGM for the mailbox
(see page 12-11.)

Setting

up Step 2

Record,rig a 2nd Level OGM** for each fax-on-demand, voice-ondemand, or personal mailbox
**: See page 12-5.
(see page 12-12.)

Setting

up Step 3

Recording a 1st Level OGM* (Message Center Pro OGM)
*: See page 12-6.
(see page 12-15.)

Setting up Step 4
Turning on the Message Center Pro
(see page 12-7.)

You can use any one of these functions,
For instance,
4.

to set up only the fax-on-demand

To set up the voice-on-demand
through 4.

-12-5

a combination

and personal

function,

mailbox,

or all of them.
perform

perform

Step la and then Step_ 2 through

Steps

lb and lc and then Steps

2

8ETTINGUPTHEFAX/VOICE-ON-DEMAND

MESSAGE CENTER PRO SETTINGS

FOR YOUR INFORMATION
* 1st Level

OGM: (Message

Center

Pro Outgoing

Message)

When the call is connected to your fax machine, the 1st Level OGM will tell the caller
that he/she should press 01., 02* or 03* to access the 2rid level OGM for fax-ondemand, voice-on-demand,
or mailbox, during or after the OGM.
The OGM also will tell that callers can leave voice messages
pressing the remote activation
code when or after the OGM.
** 2nd
Outgoing

Level

OGM:

(Fax-on-Demand,

or fax messages

Voice-on.Demand,

by

Mailbox

Message)

Next, the 2nd Level OGM will tell the caller the titles of messages stored and their
memory box numbers.
For the mailbox, it will tell the assigned persons' names and
mailbox numbers.
Access

to the

Target

Memory

Box:

Target memory box is the mailbox compartment
where a caller can record a personal
message for the person assigned to that mailbox.
The caller can access a memory box following the instructions
of the 2nd level OGM.
For the mailbox, the caller can record his/her fax or voice message into the target
mailbox after checking the name of the person assigned to that mailbox by the
personal mailbox OGM.
J

Ul rllllln

12-6

MESSAGE CENTER PRO SETTINGS

Setting

up Step

la: For Fax-on-Demand

Storing/Erasing/Printing
Storing

$ETTINGUPTHEFAXIVOICE-ON-DEMAND

Fax Information

Fax

Information

in a Memory

in a Memory

Box with

Box

Multi-Resolution

Page

by Page

"Fax information
is the fax document you are storing in a fax-on demand memory box for your
callers to retrieve.
You can store each fax-on-demand
information
at different resolution
page by page as follows:

ml'1:11
(
1. Place the document

09/12/1996

15:25

FAX:
COPY:

START
COPY

into the feeder.
_I

2. Press

D]g] :,llEV|','I I ! I[':t: [elVN!i..

FUNCTION.

NO.
&
PRESS

(

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

)'_
)

- If you want to store fax information at
various resolutions page by page, follow
these steps below. If not, skip to the
step 9 below.

3. Press

1.

(

4. Press

5.

( 5.RESOLUTION

((

PAGE

01:STANDARD

"-(.SELECT
,- -,
5. Press _. (left arrow) or ..-- (right
arrow) to find the resolution
you
want
for
the
page
in your
documents.
Example: FINE.
6. Press

( PAGE

SET.

(

]

OI:FINE

PAGE

02:FINE

FAX:
COPY:

NO.
PRESS&

]_

SET)
)

Return to step 5 for setting the resolution
for page 2 and the following pages.
7. When
you finish
setting
resolution
for all your pages,
STOP.

the
press

(_

8. Press FUNCTION.

(

9. Press

9.

( 9. SETUP

10.Press

4.

(._4.

ll.Press

SET.

( FAXNO.:_
.........

12-7

I ]rI![]k

START
COPY

1.TEMP.SETTINGS

FAX

MC
INF0

]_
]
_)

PRO
.]

]

MESSAGE CENTER PRO SETTINGS

SETTING UP THE FAXIVOICE-ON-DEMAND

FAX

12.Use the number
keys to enter the
memory box number that you wish
to use.
Example: 14
13.Press

SET.

(

14.Press

RECORD.

The machine
information.

START

SET

RESOLUTION

(
will

start

storing

REC/ERASE/PLAY?

( PRESS
"*L
15.PressSTART.

NO. : 14

MEMORY

KEY

)_
]

100%

]

the

FAX

NO.

:_

The machine will display the remaining
memory available to store additional fax
information.
Storing

Fax Information

in a Memory

You can store all the pages of fax-on-demand

Box at One Resolution
information

m

into the feeder.

such as "S.FINE"

i: 1:11
D][,']"Jir;ik*Avl iiIi_,]: [e]hvn_l,,
(

1. Place the document

at one resolution,

09/12/1996

(FAX:

15:25

)

&

START

) -%

PRESS

COPY

NO.

( COPY:

)J

2. Press

FUNCTION.

( 1.TEMP.SETTINGS

3. Press

9.

( 9. SETUP

4. Press

4.

5. Press

SET.

( 4.FAX INFO
( FAx No.:_
( tax No.:18

)
]
]

( REC/ERASE/PLAY?

)

PRESS
START
KEY
( SET RESOLUTION

,))
]

(

)

6. Use the number
desired memory
Example: 18
7. Press

SET.

8. Press

RECORD.

keys to enter
box number.

the

((

MC

)
PRO

]

9. Press
RESOLUTION
repeatedly
until you get the desired resolution.
10.PressSTART.
The machine

will start

storing

MEMORY

100%

the data.

C FAX

NO.

:_

12-8

MESSAGE CENTER PRO SETTINGS
Erasing

Fax Information

in a Memory

You can erase the fax information

8ETTINGUPTHEFAXIVOICE-ON-DEMAND

Box

you have stored

previously

/

in the memory

boxes.

i" 1:11
D]F,'_
"JIr-'YAVj It II_]" [e_Va!m_

REC/ERASE/PLAY?
.

.

Press ERASE in the step
above procedure.
Press

1 then the machine

the fax information
memory box 14.
The machine
above.

Printing

status

1.CLEAR

will return

To check the fax information
fax information.

PLAY in the
procedure.

MSG.?
2.EXIT

)

in

to step 7

in a Memory

(

you have stored previously

step

REC/ERASE/PLAY?

,)

Box
in the memory

(
8. Press
above

THIS

will erase

you stored

Fax Information

ERASE

8 in the

8 in the

boxes, you can print your

REC/ERASE/PLAY?

( PRINTING

]

]

The machine
will print
your
fax
information
stored in memory box 14.
The machine
above.

i2-9 ....

status

will return

to step 5

_:--

(

::Z_Z ..ZLZ :iZ'..:.

FAX

1...1..._

1:..."

NO.:_

.':.

::LZ

i__-ACZ.i

.....

_'L.:_mls-

-ZZ:_ __ : _,ul.0!:!%.:_m_

8ETTINGUPTHEFAXIVOICE-ON-DEMAND
MESSAGE CENTER PRO SETTINGS

Setting

up Step

lb: For

Recording/Erasing/Playing
Recording

Voice

Voice-on-Demand

Voice

Information

Information

in a Memory

"Voice information" is the outgoing voice message
available
for your callers to hear.
Record a voice infornmtion
for the callers.

_

in a Memory

Box

Box
you are recording

,'4_'/,'ll (el "J,q,_ _

n

in a memory

box as a selection

|" 1:11.] [,']_11,_YA':II I Hi,1•[olf, v_
(

09/12/1996

I. Press FUNCTION.

(

1 .TEMP.

2. Pressg.

(

9.SETUP

MC

3. Press5.

(

5.VOICE

INFO

4. Press

(

VO I C E N0.

[

V 01

SET.

5. Use the
memory
Example:

number
keys
box number.
14

to enter

the

C E

15:25

SETTINGS

N0.

]
)

PRO

]

:_

)

: 14

]

6. PressSET.

_ REC/ERASE/PLAY?

]

7. PressBECOBD.

(, PICK

]

8. Pick up the handset.

( R EC 0 R D 0 GM : 00 / 20

]

9. Record a message.
TIME).

( RECORD

]

(up to ICM MAX.

UP

HANDSET

0GM : 15/20

- You can set the maximum
recording
length for a voice information,
from 2060 seconds.
Use Function menu 8-5 (see page 1114).
This setting
also will change
the
maximum length of incoming messages,
memos and voice alarm.

lO.Replace

the handset.

(

PLAYING

OGM

The machine automatically will play back
the recorded message.
/--<
Y'_Fecora'more
step 5 above.

messages,

return

to

(

VOICE

NO.

:_

To exit, press STOP.

I .........

I_][
II

12-10

MESSAGE CENTER PRO SETTINGS
Erasing

Voice

Information

in a Memory

You can erase the voice information

SErrINGVPr_r._IVOm_-ON-D_MaN_

Box

you have previously

recorded

I_l

.

Press
above
Press

ERASE in the step
procedure.
1 then the machine

the voice information
in memory box 14.
The machine
above.

Playing

Voice

status

REC/ERASE/PLAY?
ERASE

8 m the

(

OGM?

I.CLEAR

2.EXIT

will erase

to step 6

in a Memory

To check the outgoing voice messages
play back your voice information.

REC/ERASE/PLAY?

Box

you have recorded

8. Prcs_PLAY.

previously

in the menmry

12-11

status

will return

to step 4

boxes you can

(

REC/ERASE/PLAY?

)

(

PLAYING

)

(

VOICE

OGM

The machine wall play back your voice
information stored in menmry box 14.
The machine
above.

))
)

you recorded

will return

Information

boxes.

i "-I =11
@[."l"Jtlr'-¥'A'A'l
ItltK_:']
"-[o]h'J

(
°

in the memory

NO.:

MESSAGE CENTER PRO SETTINGS

SETTING UP THE PERSONAl, MAILBOX

C) SETTING
Setting

UP THE PERSONAL

up Step

A Password

lc: For Personal

and Recording

a Personal

MAILBOX
Mailbox

Mailbox

OGM for the Mailbox

Set up a password
and record a personal mailbox OGM for the callers. Five mailboxes
are
available.
Fax messages will be received into each memory boxes and will not be printed unless
the owner of the memory box prints it intentionally.

_

1"1:11
D]_']"JF:V&v,vJII _']" [o_V_W
(

09/12/1996

15:25

]

1. Pres_

FUNCTION.

[

I .TEMP.

2. Press

9.

(

9.SETUP

3. Press

3.

( 3..A_L BOX

)

4. Press

SET.

( BOXNO.:01

]_J

(SELECT
.

Press -I= (left arrow) or _
(right
arrow) to show the target mailbox
number.
Example : 02.

6. Press

SET.

7. Enter

the

desired

4-digit

code as

your password.
Example: 1768.
8. Press

MC

<- -)

]

PRO

&

SET

9. Pick up the handset.
OGM

1

[ BOXNO.:02

]

(

PASSWORD:XXXX

]

(

PASSWORD:

)

I

REC/ERASE/PLAY?

1768

)

[ PICK UP HANDSET
( RECORD OGM:O0/20
C RECORD 0GM:15/20

RECORD.

10.Record a personal
mailbox
no longer than 20 seconds.

SETTINGS

]
]
)

The OGM should tell callers your name
and that the machine can receive either
voice or fax messages.
(For a message
example, see the next page.)
11. Replace

the

The machine
the recorded

handset.
automatically
message.

(

PLAYING

OGM

will play back

The machine status will return to step 4
above. You can continue and enter the
next password
and personal
mail_ox
OGM.
I!lll!! I !1!1!11

(¢( 5ELEGT
BoxNO.:o2
f "_ _
lit

SET )_

11

12:12

MESSAGE CENTER PRO SETTINGS

Message

Example

For Personal

Mailbox

assigned

to John

SETTING

UP THE PERSONAL

MAILBOX

Baker:

Hi. This is John Baker. If you have a confidential
message for me, please record it
after the beep. If you wish to send a fax, press the start button after the beep. Thank
you.

Setting
up Step 2: Recording/Erasing/Playing
OGM for each Fax-on-Demand,
Voice-on-Demand,
Mailbox

the 2nd Level
and Personal

The 2nd Level OGM is the second outgoing message your callers will hear after they have chosen
either fax-on-demand,
voice-on-demand,
or personal mailbox. It must list the access numbers and
identifying name of each compartment
within that group (for example, within the fax-on-demand
group).
It also must tell callers that he/she can retrieve several fax/voice-on-demand
information
at once
on the same line by entering the two-digit box number continuously
with * at the end of the
commands.

Recording

an OGM

Have you stored or recorded the messages you want for your callers? If you have, then, record a
2nd level OGM for each of those fax-on-demand,
voice-on-demand,
or personal mailbox information
messages you have already set up.

_,_

,'4:fl,']l Io] "J:_,,_

m

.....

i ."i :! *] [.']_llr,_VAv:jII!I_']"-[o]V_
(

09/12/1996

1. Press FUNCTION.

( 1 .TEMP.

2. Press9.

( 9. SETUP

3. Press

(

2.

#(
"(
4. Press

-9

(left

arrow)
key
to
memory
box.
Example:mailbox.

ar,'ow)
show

or..-the

_right
target

15:25

SETTINGS
MC

)

MSG CTR
PRO
SELECT
<- ÷ &

( MAIL
((

FAX

((

VOICE

BOX
ON

DEMAND
ON

])
SET)
)

DEMAND

(Do not select "MSG CTR PRO" here,
since it is for a 1st level OGM described
in Setting up Step 3.)
.- ":..................

PRO

2,0GM

Pressing the b-- key will cycle forward
through
"MAILBOX",
"FAX
ON
DEMAND", and'WOICE ON DEMAND."
The -4 key cycles backward.

12-13

]

:U: _L .........

])
))

SETTING

MESSAGE CENTER PRO SETTINGS

UP THE PERSONAL MAILBOX

5. Press

SET.

( REC/ERASE/PLAY?

]

6. Press

RECORD.

( PICK

HANDSET

,)

( RECORD

OGM:O0/20

]

( RECORD

0GM:15/20

]

7. Pick up the handset.
8. Record a message
20 seconds.
* The recorded

_-

message

Message
2nd Level

no longer

is played

than

UP

automatically.

Example
OGM for the fax-on-demand:

"This is fax-on-demand.
Press 01. for our product reformation,
Press 02_< for price
information,
or 03* for our shipment
schedule...
You can press 10. for our order
sheet. If you want retrieve all of them at once, press 010203... 10. after this OGM and
when you hear your fax machine through the handset responding
with a fax tone,
press START. Then replace the handset.
To order our products, use our personal
mailbox service on this same line. Thank you for calling."

2nd Level

OGM for the mailbox:

"Thank you for your call. If you want to leave a confidential fax or voice message, after
this OGM press: 01. for Mr. A's mailbox, 02* for Mr. B's mailbox, and 03* for Mr.
C's mailbox."

Erasing

an OGM

You can erase

the 2nd level OGMs you have recorded.
nl

_i

:4:L'_,l[e] "J,'J
:1,__

_

.....................

B

..............

_[4 D][-'l;,1
r_'_Av,v_iI IL!, [e_,,v_
(

09/12/1996

15:25

)

1. Press

FUNCTION.

( 1.TEMP.SETTINGS)

2. Press

9.

( 9.SETUP

3. Press

2.

(

Q((
,

.

)

PRO

]

2.0GM

MSG

CTR

SELECT

)_

PRO
÷

_

&

SET

]

J

( FAx ONDEMA.D )

Press --_ £left arrow) or m,- (rzght
arrow) key to select the type of
OGM
to
be
erased
among
MAILBOX,
FAX ON DEMAND or
VOICE ON DEMAND
OGM.
Example: FAX ON DEMAND OGM
Press

MC

SET.

(
L 5:::[!I

.

REC/ERASE/PLAY?

.......

12.14

MJ-55A_-

CkN IFI_ PI_(D 5h I I IN(55

6. Press

ERASE.

7. Press

1.

The machine
mand OGM.
The machine
above.

Playing
To confirm

(ERASEOG.?
))
((
I.CLEAR2.EXIT)

will erase

status

SETTINGUPTHEPERSONAL
MAILBOX

the fax-on-de-

will return

to step 5

]

REC/ERASE/PLAY?

an OGM
the OGMs you have recorded,

you can play back the 2nd level OGMs.

o9/12/1996 i_:2s)
1. Press

FUNCTION.

( 1.TEMP.SETTINGS

2. Press

9.

( 9.SETUP

3. Press

2.

(2.0GM

(
.

.

Press --9 (left arrow) or .--- (right
arrow) key to select the type of
OGM
to
be
played
among
MAILBOX, FAX ON DEMAND or
VOICE ON DEMAND
OGM.
Example: VOICE ON DEMAND
Press

6. Press

SET.

CTR

SELECT

)

)
]_

PRO
÷

÷

&

J

SET]

(VOICE ONDEMAND
)

( PLAYING

The machine will play back the voice-ono
demand OGM.

12-15

(

PRO

( REC/ERASE/PLAY?

PLAY.

The machine
above.

( MSG

MC

]

status

will return

to step 3

(

VOICE

(

SELECT

)

OGM
ON

DEMAND

<- -> &

SET

]_
J
]

SETTING
UPTHEPERSONAL
MAILBOX MESSAGE CI--NIER PRO SEIIINGS

Setting
up Step3: Recording/Erasing/Playing
(Message
Center
Pro OGM)

the

You will record only one 1st Level OGM. It is the first outgoing
It must tell them to select the option for either Fax-on-Demand,
Mailbox.

Recording

the Message

Have you finished

Setting

Center
up Steps

1st Level

message your callers will hear.
Voice-on-Demand,
or Personal

Pro OGM
1 and 2 ? Now you are ready

to record

the 1st level OGM.

09/12/1996
1. Press

FUNCTION.

2. Press

9.

3. Press

2.

4. Make sure that"MSG

OGM

15:25

)

[ 1.TEMP.SETTINGS
)
( 9.SETUP MCPRO )
( 2.0GM
)
]
( MSG CTR PRO
( SELECT ÷ ÷ & SET,]
)
( MSG CTR PRO

CTR PRO" is

displayed.
If not, press --_ (left arrow) or ,.-- (right
arrow) key to show "MSG CTR PRO."
5. Press

SET.

6. Press

RECORD.

REC/ERASE/PLAY?
CPiCK UP HANDSET
]

7. Pick up the handset.
8. Record a message
20 seconds.
* The recorded

message

Message
This

is ABC

Company.

a confidential

after

the

02*.
you

beep

(

]

RECORD

0GM:15/20

]

automancally.

At the
message

or send

) If you want
If you prefer

for your

is played

than

0GM:00/20

Example

leave
11-13.

no longer

RECORD

moment,

a fax message

to receive
to listen

we can

for one of us, press

01..

by pressing

a fax message

to our product

not answer

with

information

your

call.

You can leave

"51
our new

after

the

product

on the phone,

If'you

a voice

beep.

(See

information,
press

03*.

wish

to

message
page

7-

press
Thank

call.

12-16

MESSAGE CENTER PRO SETTINGS

Erasing

the Message

Center

6. Press ERASE in the step
above procedure.
7. Press

I then the machine

the Message

Center

Pro OGM

6 in the

the Message

[
[

)

REC/ERASE/PLAY?
ERASE
1.CLEAR

OGM?

)

2.EXIT

will erase

Pro OGM.

The machine status will return to step 5
above.

Playing

SETTING
UPTHEPERSONAL
MAILBOX

Center

REC/ERASE/PLAY?

)

Pro OGM

REC/ERASE/PLAY?
6. Press PLAY in the
above procedure.

step

6 in the

PLAYING

)

OGM

The machine will play back the Message
Center Pro OGM.
The machine
above.

12-17

status

will return

to step 3

( MSG CTR
PRO
(SELECT
<'-"> &

___
SET

LISTENING

MESSAGE CENTER PRO SETTINGS

TO ICMs (Incoming Messages)

Setting

up Step

4: Turning

on the Message

Center

Pro

Have you finished Setting up Steps 1 through 3 ? Then, you are at the final step to turn
Message Center Pro.
At any time, you can prevent callers from accessingyour
memory boxes for fax-on-demand,
on-demand
and personal mailbox by turning this function to OFF.

_i,l:ll_,

• _,

(

09/12/1996

]

'i5:25

FUNCTION.

{

Z.TEMP.SETTINGS

2. Press

9.

(

9.SETUP

3. Press

1.

(

I.MSG

4. Press

SET.
[

MSG
CTR
PRO:OFF
SELECT
<- -> & SET

( MSG

5. Press --_ (left arrow) or ...- (right
arrow) key to turn on the MSG
CTR PRO.
6. Press

SET.

7. Press

STOP to exit.

D) LISTENING
Listening

TO ICMs

to the ICMs

(Incoming

MC
CTR

CTR

1.MSG

)
PRO
PRO

]

PRO:ON

CTR

,]

PRO

]

Mailboxes

Look at the display to check whether your lnachine has received any ICMs. If the dzsplay
the current date and time, no ICM (no voice or fax message) has been received.

alternately:

(

in your

If the ICM you have is a fax message,
it will be played back.

personal

mailbox,

it will be printed;

shows

( MAILBOX:I
345
( T A D : 02
F A X : 09

This means that mailboxes
1, 3, 4, and 5 contain personal ICMs.
The second line shows that the standard Message Center has stored two voice messages
fax messages in total.
To listen to the ICMs recorded
determined
password.

]_
]

Messages)

in the Personal

If the display shows these

voice-

•• ,

,

1. Press

_.(

on the

you will need to enter

)_
]

and nine

your

pre-

if the ICM you have is a voice message,

MESSAGE CENTER PRO SETTINGS

USTENIYG
TOICMs(Incoming

_

_(
(
°

,

,

While holding
PLAY.

SHIFT, press

down

Press --_ (left arrow) or _
/right
arrow) key to select your own personal mail box number.
Example: 03.
Press

SET.

keys to enter your
pre-determined
4-digit password.
(See Setting up Step lc on page 1112.)
Example: 1768.
SET or wait

I: 1:! _ [,1;,iIr_.Vdlhvj
I I1I_']: [e]hv_

MAIL
TAD:02

BOX:I
345
FAX:09

)_
]

(([SELECT
Box NO.<:01
,]
-, SETJ-CBox NO.:O3

( PASSWORD:X_XXX

4. Use the number

5. Press

Messages)

2 seconds.

(" PASSWORD:

( MESSAGE

The machine will start playing the recorded voice ICMs in the order they were
received. After playing all of them it will
print the faxes you received.

)

1768

01/08

"_

PRINTING

In the example shown on the right, 08
means that mailbox 03 contains
eight
ICMs and 01 means that the first voice
ICM is being played back now.
To go to the next ICM or to return to the
previous ICM during playback, press -_
(left arrow) or ...-- (right arrow) key,
respectively.

Retrieving
Mailbox

the ICMs
Remotely

(Incoming

Messages)

in the Personal

You can call your fax machine (from another location using a touch tone fax machine) to get your
incoming voice and fax messages
from your Personal Mailbox. Fax messages
will be erased
automatically
when you retrieve them successfully.
Voice messages will remain until you erase
them (code 3).

1. Pick up the handset
2. Dial your

of a remote

fax machine's

touch

tone fax machine.

number.

3. When your fax machine
answers with a Message Center Pro OGM, immediately
enter the access command
01. to access the Personal
Mailbox.

12-19

LISTENING

MESSAGE CENTER PRO SETTINGS

TO IOMs [Incoming Messages]

4. When you hear the general
number.
Example: 03$

Personal

Mailbox

OGM, enter

your Personal

Mailbox

5. When you hear your Personal
Mailbox OGM, enter your 4-digit Password.
Example: 1768
If no fax/voice ICM is stored in the mailbox, the line will be disconnected automatically.
6. You will hear
machine,

the recorded

in the order

voice ICMs through

they were

the handset

of your remote

fax

received.

- If you want to replay the message, press 1 while listening to an ICM to play it again. If you
press 1 before a message, you will hear the previous message.
- If you want to skip to the next message, press 2 while playing ICM.
- If you want to STOP playing, press 9 during playing the ICM.
- After you have heard all ICMs, you can erase them by pressing 3, during the short pause.
7. After playing all the voice ICMs, you may hear your fax machine
handset
responding
with a fax tone. Then press START.
8. Replace

through

the

the handset.

9. Your remote

Recording

fax machine

a Memo

will print

in Personal

the fax messages.

Mailbox

on the Machine

You can record a Personal Mailbox incoming message on the fax machine by pressing SHIFT and
RECORD.
Do the following steps to leave a message for a family member or calleague in their
personal mailbox.

i:141_ [,'t_lF=¥lkv,
vlIIIII_']:[o),Y_
(
.

.

While holding
RECORD.
Press

SHIFT, press

down

-_I (left arrow)

or m-- (right

Press

4. Pick up the handset.

6. Replace

no longer

than

SELECT

<" ÷

))
&

SET)

[ Box No.:o2

]

( PICK

]

UP

HANDSET

[ REC.MEMO:O0/20

]

( REC.MEMO:15/20

]

the handset.
(I

....

]

own

SET.

5. Record a message
20 seconds.

15:25

( BOXNO.:01

"_(

arrow)
key to select
your
personal
mailbox number.
Example: 02.
,

(

09/12/1996

I

.....

I

TAD:O0
MAIL

FAX:O0
BOX:
2

]_
)

12-20

MESSAGE CENTER PRO SETTINGS

Erasing
ICMs
Mailboxes

(Incoming

Messages)

You can erase the voice ICMs recorded
If you want to erase them
One" below.

LISTENING

from

in your personal

one by one while playing

TO ICMs (Incoming Messages)

the Personal

mmlbox,

one by one or all at one time.

them back, see "Erasing

Voice ICMs One by

If you want to erase all voice and/or fax massages
at one time, see "Erasing all of the fax/voice
ICMs all at one time." Fax ICMs recorded in your personal mailbox can not be erased one by one.

Erasing

Voice

ICMs

One by One

m!:

1:11
e]_.'t_IF_'VAv,
v!III_']: [e_,v,'J_m

(( .AT,.OX:l34s ))
(. TAD:02
.

,

.

While holding
PLAY.

down

SHIFT, press

SET.

4. Use the number

keys to enter
own 4-digit password.
Example: 1768.

5. Press

SET or wait

2 seconds.

The machine will begin playing
corded voice ICMs in the order
ceived them.
,

your

12-21

)

(

PASSWORD:XXXX

)

(

PASSWORD:

1768

)

01/08

)

NO.:

the reyou re-

THIS
MSG.?
)_
([ ( ERASE
I.C,EAR2.EXIT)

( MESSAGE01,'07 )

1.

The machine
will erase
and go to the next ICM.

03

BOX

MESSAGE

Erase the message either during or
immediately
after
playback
by
pressing
ERASE.

7. Press

)

([ C BoxNo.
:oi
)3
SELECT<* a SET)-"

Press --9 (left arrow) or =,-- (right
arrow)
key to select
your own
personal
mail box number.
Example: 03.
Press

FAX:09

that

message

LISTENING

MESSAGE CENTER PRO SETTINGS

TO ICMs (Incoming Messages)

Erasing

All of the Fax/Voice

ICMs at One Time

It is not possible to erase a single fax message, you can only erase them all or none of them.
If you choose to erase all the fax messages, your fax machine automatically
will print any fax
messages that have not been printed, before it erases them from the memory.

iI'I_

!_ [,,']d]V;'VL
17Alqii[,.',]],_e
v]hT_I

(
"(
While holding
ERASE.

.

.

.

down

SHIFT, press

TAD:02

(( BOXNO.:OZ
SELECT
<- ÷ &
(

BOX

(

PASSWORD:XXXX

Press -9 (left arrow) or P-- (right
arrow)
key to select
your own
personal
mailbox number.
Example: 03.
Press

SET.

4. Use the number keys to enter
own 4-digit password.
Example: 1768
5. Press

SET and wait

your

SET.

((
8. Press

NO.:03

)

]

2 seconds.

Press _
(left arrow) or D._ (right
arrow) to select whether
you want
to erase all voice messages
(TAD),
all document
messages
(FAX), or
all messages
(MSG).
Example: FAX.

7. Press

))
)

SET

(PASSWORD:1168)

((
.

)

FAX:09

1.

(

ERASE
SELECT

ALL
TAD?
<" ") & SET

)
]

(

ERASE

ALL

)

FAX?

( ERASE
ALL
FAX?
1.CLEAR
2.EXIT

_
)

[PRINTING

)

The machine will erase all of the fax
ICMs stored in your personal mailbox.

12-22

HOW TO USE THE COPY FUNCTION
13. HOW TO USE THE COPY FUNCTION
Making

a Single

Use this function

Copies

to make a single copy.

( 09/12/1996
1. lnsert the documents
into the feeder.
2. Press

3. Press
onds.

_(

FAX:
( COPY:

f
L[

NO.
&
PRESS

START
COPY

I)
1

NO.OF

COPIES:01

ENTER

&

COPY

]_
J
]

KEY

COPYING

or just wait for 5 sec-

Helpful Hints 1. Set the resolution
FINE,

,I

fhce down

COPY.

COPY

15:25

to e_ther PHOTO or S.FINE.
the resolution
will automatically
change

2. When you want to change the resolution
1-5 (see page 6-13) to set the resolution

If you select
to S.FINE.

for each page, use
for each page.

STANDARD

Function

or

menu

3. When you want to make a copy, make sure the text or image on the original
document
is not too close to the edge. Your fax machine cannot read anything
closer than 4 mm (1/8 inch) from the edge.
4. Do not pull on the paper while copying is in progress.
copied image and damage your machine.
NOTE:

13-1

Original documents
should be straight,
the documents
may jam occasionally.

non wrinkled,

This may distort

to be fed correctly.

the

Otherwise

HOW TO USETHE COPY FUNCTION

Making

Multiple

There are two
this will make
on top of each
machine scans
a second copy

Copies

ways to make multiple copies on your fax machine. The first is the stacking method,
"n" copies of page one, "n" copies of page two and so on. These will all be stacked
other. The second method is the sorting or collating method. This is when the fax
the entire document and then makes i copy of page 1, 2, 3, 4 in order. Then makes
of 1, 2, 3, 4 until a total ofn copies has been made.

(Stacking)
IIII

(Sorting)
III

iii i

ii ii i

iiii

ii

( o9/ 2/1996
1. Place the documents
the feeder.
2. Press

thce down into

{(

(FAX:
COPY:

{(

[ .oo
coPiEs:ol
))
ENTER
& COPY
KEY )

COPY.

3. Enter two digits for the nmnber
of
copies you want using the number
keys (Max. 99 copies).
Example: 05.
4. Press

COPY

or just wait 5 seconds.

( MULTI
SELECT

5. Press --_ (left arrow) or ,,,-- (right
arrow) to select
the stacking
or
sorting method.
Example: STACK.

MULTI

6. Press

COPY

NOTE:

to begin

NO.
&
PRESS

NO.OF

(

COPY

)

copying.

START
COPY

)_

COP I ES :_0_5

)

COPY:

)-%

STACK

<--÷ &

COPY:

_W

COPY

STACK

STACK

1. When making Mulhple Copies, do not let the receiving tray become
Remove the copied paper from the receiving tray frequently.
2. When making Multiple Copies, make sure there is enough recording
machine.

overstacked.
paper

in the

FOR YOUR INFORMATION

r

"

If you are using the stacking
method, press STOP. If you are using the sorting
method, press COPY to copy the portion that is in the memory, or press STOP to
cancel.
I

!!!!!!

I

__

]I

...........

_[_!_

.......

13-2

HOW TO USE THE COPY FUNCTION

Making

Reduced

and

Enlarged

Copies

Use this function to make reduced or enlarged
copies
(AUTO) if you want to reduce the size of the original,
recording paper. To enlarge or reduce a document, select
150%, 125%, 120%, 93%, 87%, 75% or 50%. If you want

of a document.
Select Auto Reduction
regardless
of its size, to the size of the
one of the enlargement/reduction
ratios:
to reproduce the same size, select 100%.

ml|:l:il_m_

mmmmmmm
[4_'+I _e] :j"_:b_

09/12/1996

(
1. Insert
the documents
into the feeder.

fhce

15:25

down

((

I FAX:
COPY:

NO.

&

PRESS

START

COPY

])
)

2. Press ENLARGE/REDUCE.
ELGIRDC
]_
(C( SELECT
+:AUTO
+ & COPY
3. Press -9 (left arrow) or _
(right
arrow) to choose the setting.
- If you want Auto Reduction,
select "AUTO".
- Ifyouwant
to reproduce the same
size, choose 100%.
- For Fixed Enlargement
or Reduction, choose one of the following
settings:
150%, 125%, 120%, 93%,
87%, 75% or 50%.
Example: 93%
4. Press

COPY.
_(

5. Enter two digits for the number of
copies you want using the number
keys (Max. 99 copies).
Example: 05
6. Press
onds.

COPY or just

((

COPY to begin

copying.

...........

13-3

COPIES:01

&

COPY

KEY

+)_"

( NO.OF

COPIES:05

]

( MULTI
SELECT

COPY:STACK
<-->& COPY

]]
]

(

MULTI

COPY:STACK

]

(

COPY

wait for 5 sec-

7. Press --9 (left arrow) or ,_ (right
arrow)
to select the stacking
or
Sorting method.
Example: STACK.
8. Press

NO.OF

C ENTER

I!

! nr11

STACK

.................................................

HOW TO USETHE COPY FUNCTION

will be cut off.
The selection you made under Function menu 5-6 (see page
enlargements,
but it will affect reductions,
as follows: If the
letter size, you can select a reduction ratio of 93%, 87%, or 75_.
can select a reduction ratio of 93% or 87%, and if it is legal size,
only. (See page 7-6-8.)

7-6) will not affect
recording paper is
If it is A4 size, you
you can select 93%

13-4

PRINTING REPORTS AND LISTS

14. PRINTING REPORTSAND LISTS
You can print

the following

Level one
function

lists and reports

under

function

Level two
function

1. ACT.REPORT

item 3. PRINT

REI'OR'I'S.

Content
The Activity
Report
whether
transmissions
faxes were received.
m.

Page
lets you know
and incoming

_

2. ALLDIAL

This is a list of the names and numbers
that are stored in One-Touch and SpeedDial memory, printed in One-Touch and
Speed-Dial
number order.

3. TEL.INDEX

The same as the All Dial list printed
alphabetical
order.

4. COVERPAGE

14-3

This allows you
Page format.

to check

the

14-3,4

in

Cover

the Call Back message

6-14

5. CALLBACKMSG

Used to check
format.

6. USEROPTIONS

The settings
for FUNCTION
5 to 9
(USER OPTIONS,
TEL OPTIONS,
SETUP SYSTEM, SETUP MSG CTR,
REMOTE FAX OPT and SETUP MC
PRO) are printed here.

7. XMITREPORT

You
can
choose
whether
the
Transmission
Verification
Report will
be printed after all faxes you send.
ON/OFF

14-5

8 MEMORYSTATUS

The addressee
and the amount
occupied memory for items stored
the memory are printed here.

of
in

14-6

You can review calls you received
checking this list.

by

6-19

3. PRINTREPORTS

9. CALLERID

Other

Reports

The following reports are printed automatically,
for your information.
Help List (By pressing HELP on the control paneL) [See page 3-8.)
Polled Report
Delayed
Transmission
Report
Broadcast
Report
Sequential
Polling Report
Transmission
Verification
Report

14-1

7-22

HI_'II_I INq7 I_EP'UI_ Ib AND

All the reports

and lists may be printed

Llblb

as follows:

•
(

D

• ._

,

"]'[olVIm.._

09/12/1996

15:25

)

1. Press

FUNCTION.

( I.TEMP.SETTINGS

]

2. Press

3.

( 3.PRINT

)

3. Press

the number

of the level two

function you wish to print.
Example: 1.ACT.REPORT.
4. Press
Activity

START.
Report

REPORTS

(

1.ACT.REPORT

(

PRESS

(

PRINTING

]

START

KEY

]

Interval

An Activity Report can be printed at certain intervals that you specify. You can set the journal
period to "OFF", "6 hours", "12 hours", "24 hours", "2 days". "4 days" or "7 days". The Activity
Report will list all outgoing and incoming faxes (only the last 30) during that period. The factory
default setting is OFF.
After the Activity Report has printed at the preset interval, the information
will be deleted and
can not be recovered. However, at any time between these scheduled reports, you can manually
print the Activity Report and the information
will remain.
NOTE:

Ifyour

Activity Report

is not listing all your transactions,

B

select a shorter

interval

period.

j: 14 J,][.']_ Ir:V&vivj
I III_']: [el';_,,_
(

09/12/1996

15:25

1. Press FUNCTION.

(

I.TEMP.SETTINGS

2. Press 7.

( 7.SETUP

3. Press 3.

( 3.INTERVAL

]
,)
)

SYSTEM

)
)}
)

( ACT.RPT.:OFF
( SELECT
÷

÷

(

EVERY

12

HOURS

(

START

AT:_O:O0

)

6. Enter the time to print in 24-hour
format using the number
keys.
Example: 19:45_7:45P._.t.

(

START

AT:19:45

,]

7. Wait

for two seconds.

(

3.1NTERVAL

8. Press

STOP to exit.

4. Press
-9 (left arrowl
or m,- [right
arrow)
to choose the setting.
Example:
12 HOURS.
If you select seven days, you should choose
the base day of the week.

5. Press

I I

SET.

l

I!l

l

&

SET

)

]

I III lll_lllB

14-9

PRINTING REPORTS AND LISTS

ACTIVITY

REPORT

1
TIME
NAME
FAX
TEL

DATE

TIME

FAX NO./NAME

09/12
10:00
09/12:10:10
09/12
14:53

BUSY:
NG :
CV :
CA :
POL :
RET :

Note : "TX" means

Printing

DURATION

BROTHER BOSTON
NJ OFFICE
BROTHER BOSTON

04:23
O0
48

:
:
:
:

09/12/1996
BROTHER
4155554444
4155554445

PAGE(S)

RESULT

COMMENT

20 CV CA
O0
01CV CA

OK
BUSY
OK

TX
TX
TX

BUSY/NO RESPONSE
POOR LINE CONDITION
COVERPAGE
CALL BACK MSG
POLLING
RETRIEVAL

Transmit,

"RX" means

the All Dial

Receive.

List

You can print a list of all One-Touch

numbers

I

and Speed-Dial

ALL DIAL

LIST

numbers.

]
TIME
NAME
FAX
TEL

:
:
:
:

09/12/I_D
BROTHER
4155554444
4155554445

)NE-TOUCH DIAL
NUMBER
*01
*02
*03
*04
*O5

FAX/TEL

NUMBER

61-2018285881
234-5678
334-5566
14155551212

r

DESTINATION
FAX
TEL

I AUSTRIAN OFFICE
I ABC COMPANY

FAX

HEAD OFFICE

FAX

NJ OFFICE

*30
@:CHAIN

|il!

-14-3

19:45

!11![..

r

GROUP

15:a5

PRINTING REPORTS AND LISTS

I ALL DIAL

LIST

I
TIME
NAME
FAX
TEL

:
:
:
:

09/12/1996
BROTHER
4155554444
4155554445

15:25

SPEED DIAL
NUMBER
#01

I#o2@
r

._

FAX/TEL

NUMBER

GROUP

DESTINATION

5892786
1234567
03-256-1121

F/T
I
FAX

BROWNE M.
I W. COMPANY
TOKYO OFFICE

5555151

MANCHESTER

@:CHAIN
(ALL DIAL LIST of FAX 1550MC)

Transmission

Verification

(Xmit)

Report

The Transmission Verification Report can be used as proof that you sent a fax. It lists the name
or fax number
of the receiving
party, the time and date of transmission,
and whether
the
transmission
was successful.
The factory default setting is OFF.
OFF:

The report will be printed automatically
only if an error occurs during transmission.
report says "Result: NG" then send all the pages again. If the report says "Result:
readability
of transmitted
page(s) 02, 05" then send only pages 2 and 5 again.

ON:

A report will be printed automatically.
It is important
check that the transmission
was successful.

m

to read the result

If the
Check

of each report

to

i:I:II
m]Iz]
_ IF;.,'&','J
I!I,']:
[e]_','_
I

09/12/1996

15:25

]

1. Press

FUNCTION.

( 1.TEMP.SETTINGS

)

2. Press

3.

( 3.PRINT

]

3. Press

7.

( 7.XMIT

(- [

5. Press

SET.

6. Press

STOP

!

]

REPORT

XMIT
REPORT:OFF
SELECT
<- ÷ & SET

])
]

(

XMIT

REPORT:ON

]

(

7.XMIT

REPORT

]

"'[
4. Press --9 (left arrow_ el" .,,-- (right
arrow) to choose the setting.
Example: ON.

REPORTS

to exit.

I

I!!

!!!!l

IIII

P! lit

I

._

!1!1.....

i

........

,,_r'ql"_+

14.4

PRINTING REPORTS AND LISTS

I

TRANSMISSION

VERIFICATION

REPORT
TIME
NAME
FAX
TEL

DATE,TIME
FAX NO./NAME

09/12
15:24
NJ OFFICE

DURATION
PAGE(S)

00:00:45
01
COVERPAGE

RESULT
MODE

OK
STANDARD

llllr

14-5

I Ir!lI

r

........

I

if_l

ir!llrll

, ,, !,

_, _p
_-r,

I
:
:
:
:

09/12/1996
BROTHER
4155554444
4155554445

.....................

15:25

r! !i

..

"............

PRINTING REPORTS AND LISTS

Memory

Status

List

The MEMORY STATUS LIST will show you the addressee and amount of occupied memory for
items stored in the memory such as delayed transmissions
and polled waiting. You will see the
combined
total of stored fax messages
for retrieval.
The available
memory is expressed
as
percentage
of remaining
memory.

rllrl(u,r

],IU,

L]B[

J

IIML

Uv

NAME

BROTHER

]_lg'sr)

FAX

4155554444

FEL

4155554445

it,

_',

l,L,

OI

IR, UIIIrIL,

01

MEMO

02

MEMO
OUIGO]

03
02

rli_

,A_d

,,i,'lz I,,,]

Li_0

IO

lb

LP9/1211996

12

45

09/12/1996

13

15

09,'12/Iq96

14:20

Your fax machine
has
received 4 TAD messages

NG ME SS,_bl

VOICE
ON MESSAGE
DEMAND
INGOM[NL_

You use 3 memory boxes
to store voice-on-demand
information.

_u_

VOJLL

I iZ

ALARM

<---

SCHEDULES

310RED

FAYES

1O_

FOR

IIHE

RELEIVED

FkOM

Ol

09'12/1996

12:00

0B28242787

01

MESSAGE

02

OQ/I?/199R

14

5_92186

03

42

I

l,

J

CA1

messages :
(A) When the fax came in
You received two FAX
(B) Sending party's
number

I0_,

,B;

Bu,

BOXOl
TAD

u_,IZ
_

l

MEHuR_

tlbLO

ltJ_,

I_,

TIMER

REDIAL

199b

16"51
_

_LLLIVED

Mailbox 01 has received a
This
shows that Personal
TAD message.

FROM

IL-IbiL_

I,

POLLING

23'4b

tBROADCAST}

WAIT[Nb
WAITING

I_

BROTHER

BOSTON

ECM
05

You set 12 scheduled
appointment
reminders

_t_lrIIV,,L

IIESSAGE

MAIL

]

01

10%

02

12t

02

05%

three items in the fax's
memory
for that
timer,you
polling
This
shows
have
and redial transmissions.

24%
FAX

FAX

ON

DEMAND

FORWARD

NUMBER

<--- You use 5 memory boxes

02%
18006551234

_.
MEMORY

AVAILABLE

I_LE

1b%

I

L
_-

information.
o store fax-on-demand
This
shows
the
Fax
Forwarding number.
This shows the amount
available

(MEMORY

STATUS

of

memory.

LIST of FAX 1450MC)

!1 II]

ir llln .__.]rl[!

"" T-_

:: ":........

:_

14,fi

REGULAR MAINTENANCE

AND TROUBLESHOOTING

15. REGULAR MAINTENANCE
Regular

AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Maintenance

You can keep your fax machine in optlmunl condition by cleaning it on a regular basis. Avoid using
thinners
or other organic solvents to clean the machine and do not use any water.
Follow the four steps

below:

1. Unplug the telephone line and then the power cord.
When you reconnect these lines later, make sure to connect
telephone
line.
2. Wipe any dirt offthe

machine

using a slightly

damp

the power

cord first,

then

the

remove

any

cloth.

3. Clean the scanner.
Moisten a small piece of soft, lint-free cloth with Isopropyl alcohol and carefully
dirt from the glass cover and from the white bar of the scanner area.

Control panel
/_

Control
panel
,/

_

_'_-

White bar

_-_

_

°Gfl_SSaCn
°: rer

4. Clean the printer.
Open the Top cover and print head. Moisten a small piece of soft, lint-free cloth with Isopropyl
alcohol and keep wiping the edge of the print head until all dirt is removed.
Top Cover
/'

Helpful Hints

If the scanner
reception
these

-15-1

and the print head are dirty, the quality

image, and copy becomes

parts

frequently.

degraded.

of the transmission

Use the above procedure

or

to clean

REGULAR MAINTENANCE

Paper

AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Jams

Your fax machine will sound an alarm if the document jams while going through the feeder or if
the recording paper becomes stuck.The
display will show "DOCUMENT
JAM" or "PRINTER
JAM".

Fixing

a Document

1. Open the control

Jam
panel.

2. Remove the jammed documents
by turning the blue gear.
-Do not pull out the jammed paper from upper side
3. Close the control

panel.

4. Press

STOP.

Fixing

a Recording

Paper

Jam
Top Cover

1. Open the top cover.
2. Lift the two blue release
open the print head.
3. Take

out the printing

4. Remove

the paper

levers to
Print Head

cartridge.

cassette.

5. Remove the jammed paper.
- Carefully pull out the jammed

paper.

Recording

-

paper

I5-2

REGULAR MAINTENANCE
Open the paper

cover and remove

AND TROUBLESHOOTING

the jammed

paper

by pulling

in upward

direction.

Paper cover
/
/

paper
ig paper

6. Install the paper cassette.
Be sure to push the paper
7. Install

the cartridge.

8. Gently

push down the print

plate down until

it locks in position.(See

head until you hear

Page1-7.)

a "click".

9. Close the top cover.

Optional

Memory

Board

The memory board is installed o11the main controller
optional memory board for the fax.
Additional

memory

Model

is available

Name

Optional

FAX 1350M
(256KB)

!1

! II[I

the memory

for sending

You can add the

and receiving

Memory

N/A
(Not Available)

FAX 1450MC/1550MC
MFC 1850MC/1950MC
(512KB)

15-3

and useful to expand

board inside the machine.

!'

I_P

Yes
(512 KB)

(total

1MB)

faxes.

REGULAR MAINTENANCE

AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Troubleshooting
You may occasionally
encounter
a problem with your fax machine or telephone line. If this
happens, your fax machine often identifies the problem and displays an error message. Refer to
the following list when you see an error message on the display. If additional
help is needed,
please contact the following Customer Service numbers
:
U.S.A

1-800-284-4FAX
1-908-356-8880
1-800-853-6660

Canada

Error
Error

_]

Messages
messages

are listed

(CHANGE

below in alphabetical

(CLEAN

UP

(COMM.

ERROR

(COVER

The scanner
page 15-1.)

SCANNER1

]

)

JAM

(MACHINE
ERROR XX)
[_] _(PRESS
STOP KEY
]_

!

the scanner.

(See

error that
line. Try the

The top cover or print head cover was not completely closed. Please check them.

OPEN

!

Clean

You requested
the polling function even though
the machine you called does not have the polling
feature.

(DISCONNECTED

,,mm,

is dirty.

You encountered
a communications
resulted from a poor quality phone
call again.

FAIL

(DOCUMENT

order.
The printing cartridge
has run out. Replace the
used cartridge
with a new one. (See page 1-6.)

CARTRIDGE]

(CONNECTION

[-_

(4329)
(Extension
7920)
(CallingfromwithinCanada,8:00AM-8:0OPME.S.T.)

!!

The telephone line was disconnected
by the other
party during the communication.
Try calling the
other party to see what happened.
Your documents
were not inserted properly, or
the documents
were not fed properly,
or the
documents
were too long.
Open the control panel and remove the documents. (See page 15-2) Then close the control
panel, press STOP and insert the documents
again, adjusting the guides on either side of the
document,
and try sending the fax again.
Original documents
should be straight
and nonwrinkled,
to be fed correctly.
Otherwise,
the
documents may jam occasionally.
Cut the power off. Then contact the Customer
Service number listed on page 15-5.

....

!!!!

III!1

..._.__LL

.....

._AL_L_

15-4

REGULAR MAINTENANCE

(NO

AND TROUBLESHOOTING
The number you called does not answer or is busy.
You also may have reached a number that is not
connected
to a fax machine. Check the number

RESPONSE/BUSY1

and try again.
Check that you have the correct number
and
dialed it correctly. Try to call the number from a
regular telephone to make sure it is in service.

_NOT

[_

REGISTERED

[PAPER

(PRINTER

Other

]

EMPTY

]

JAM

)

The One-Touch
key or Speed-Dial
number you
pressed has no number assigned to it. You need to
program a phone number. (See page 4-6~8)
There is no more paper. It is also possible that the
paper cassette is not properly installed. Refill the
paper or correct the position of the paper cassette.
The recording paper
area. Make sure your
That is flat, level and
Remove the jammed

is jammed in the printing
fax machine is on a surface.
stable.
paper. (See page 15-2-3)

Problems

Condensed
Print and Horizontal
Streaks
Cut Off Top and Bottom of Sentences
This is usually caused by a bad connection, interference
or static on the phone line. Make a copy.
If the copy is fine, the machine is OK. Try to receive from other parties and try your machine on
another phone line. Have the phone line checked by the telephone company.
Cover Page Comment
Always Prints "Please
Call"
The Cover Page report is only a sample of the format and
comment you programmed
will be generated
at the receiving

always prints
machine.

"Please

Call".

The

Dialing
Does Not Work
Check for a dial tone. Change TONE/PULSE
setting. Check all telephone
line connections:
telephone line from wall jack to LINE jack on fax machine and make sure curled handset cord is
not in EXTjack. Check power cord connection. Send a manual fax (press HOOK or lift handset),
wait to hear fax receiving tones and press START.
Fax Machine
Does Not Answer When Called
Make sure the fax machine is not in MANUAL mode (AUTO and Ffr lights
the correct receiving mode for your setup (either AUTO, Ffr or TAD/Message
a dial tone. If possible, call your fax machine to hear what is happening.

out). Check it is in
Center). Check for

No Dial Tone on the Handset
Press HOOK. If no dial tone, check telephone
line connections
at fax machine and wall jack.
Connect a regular telephone into the wall jack to see if the phone line is working.
Poor Transmitting
Quality
Iffaxes you send are hard to read at the receiving machine, try changing your resolution
or SUPERFINE.
Also, chean your scanner glass cover and white pressure
bar.

to FINE

Vertical
Black Lines When Receiving
The print head on your machine may be dirty or the sender's scanner may be dirty. Make a copy,
if it is the same, clean your print head with isopropyl alcohol and a lint-free cloth. The print head
is about 9 X 1/2 inches and is gold in color with triangular
markings.
(See page 15-1.)

15-5

REGULAR MAINTENANCE

AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Vertical
Black Lines When Sending
Make a copy. If the copy is the same, the scanner area is dirty. Lift the control panel and look in
the front of the machine in the document path. Use isopropyl alcohol and a lint-free cloth. Clean
the glass cover (about 9 X 1/2 inches) below and the white metal pressure bar (same size) found
inside the cover above it. (See page 15-1.)

lU

15-6

IMPORTANT INFORMATION
16. IMPORTANT INFORMATION
Standard

Telephone

and

FCC Notices

(Applies

only

These notices

are in effect on models sold and used in the U.S.A.

to 120V model)

This equipment is hearing-aid compatible.
When programming

emergency numbers and/or making test calls to emergency numbers:

•

Remain
before

line
up.

•

Perform

on the
hanging

such activities

and

briefly

explain

in the off-peak

to the

hours,

dispatcher

the

such as early morning

reason

for the call

or late evening.

This equipment
complies with Part 68 of FCC Rules. On the rear panel of this equipment
is a label
that contains, among other information,
the FCC Registration
Number and Ringer equivalence
Number (REN) for this equipment.
telephone
company.
You may safely connect
jack, USOC RJllC.

this equipment

You must,

upon

to the telephone

request,

provide

network

by means

An FCC compliant
telephone
cord and modular
plug is provided
equipment
is designed to be connected to the telephone network
compatible
modular jack which is Part 68 compliant.
See 1-10 for details.
The REN is useful

to determine

the quantity

of devices

this information
of a standard

to your
modular

with this equipment.
This
or premises wiring using a

you may connect

to your telephone

line

and still have those devices ring when your telephone number is called. In most, but not all areas,
the sum of the RENs of all devices connected to one line should not exceed five (5). To be certain
of the number

of devices

you may connect

contact your local telephone company
If your IntelliFAX1350M/1450MC/1550MC

to your line, as determined

by the REN,

you should

to determine
the maximum
REN for your calling area.
and MFC1850MC/1950MC
damages the telephone

network, the telephone company may discontinue
your service temporarily.
If possible, they will
notify you in advance. But if advanced
notice is not practical,
you will be notified as soon as
possible. You will be informed of your right to file a complaint with the FCC.
Your telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment,
operations or procedures
that could affect the proper functioning
of your equipment.
If they do, you will be notified in
advance to give you an opportunity
to maintain
uninterrupted
telephone
If you experience
trouble
with this IntelliFAX1350M/1450MC/1550MC
1950MC,

please

contact

the

manufacturer's

authorized

service

service.
and MFC1850MC/

agency

for information

on

obtaining service or repair. The telephone company may ask that you disconnect this equipment
from the network until the problem has been corrected or until you are sure that the equipment
is not malfunctioning.
If you are not able to solve a problem
at 1-800-284-4FAX
(U.S.A. Only).
1-800-284-4329
(U.S.A. Only)
1-800-853-6660

16-1

(CANADA

Only)

with your fax machine,

contact

Brother

service

personnel

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

Warning
For protection

against

before servicing,
This equipment

the risk of electrical

shock, always disconnect

modifying or installing
the equipment.
may not be used on coin service lines provided

connected to party lines.
This equipment
has been tested

all cables from the wall outlet
by the telephone

company

and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital

pursuant
to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable
against harmful interference
in a residential
installation.
This equipment
generates,
can radiate
radio frequency
energy and, if not installed
and used in accordance
instructions,

may cause

harmful

guarantee
that interference
cause harmful interference
the equipment

offand

of the following

interference

to radio

on, the user is encouraged

However,

device,

protection
uses, and
with the
there

is no

installation.
If this equipment
does
which can be determined
by turning

to try to correct

the interference

by one or more

measures:

• Re-orient

or relocate

• Increase

the separation

• Connect

the fax equipment

• Consult

the dealer

the receiving
between

antenna.
the fax equipment

on a separate

or an experienced

cannot

accept

any financial

and the receiver.

circuit.

radiofrV

Caution
Use of controls, adjustments
or performance
manual may result in hazardous
invisible

Brother

communications.

will not occur in a particular
to radio or television reception,

nor

or other

technician

for help.

of procedures other than those specified
radiation exposure.

responsibilities

that

in ttus

may be the result

your use of this information,
including
direct,
special
or consequential
There are no warranties
extended
or granted
by this document.

of

damages.

The serial number may be found on the label affixed to the back of the unit. For your convenience,
note the number below and retain this owner's manual to serve as a permanent
record of your
purchase,

in the event

of a theft or fire, or for future

reference.

MODEL NO. IntelliFAX1350M/1450MC/1550MC
and MFC 1850MC/1950MC
SERIAL NO.

NAME OF DEALER

DATE OF PURCHASE

- --

16-2

IIViHUN I/kiN I IIXII-UI, IVIAI ION

Important

Safety

Instructions

1.
2.

Read all of these instructions.
Save them for later reference.

3.
4.

Follow all warnings
and instructions
marked on the product.
Unplug this product from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not use liquid or aerosol cleaners.
Use a damp cloth for cleaning.
Do not use this product near water.

5.
6.

Do not place this product on an unsuitable
serious damage to the product.

7.

Slots and openings

in the cabinet

cart, stand,

or table. The product

and the back or bottom are provided

may fall, causing

of ventilation;

to ensure

reliable operation of the product and to protect it from overheating,
these openings must not
be blocked or covered. The openings should never be blocked by placing the product on a bed,
sofa, rug, or other similar surface. This product should never be placed near or over a radiator
or heater.
ventilation

This product
is provided.

should

should be operated

not be placed

in a built-in

installation

from the type of power source

indicated

unless

proper

8.

This product

9.

are not sure of the type of power available, consult your dealer or local power company.
This product is equipped with a 3-wire grounding type plug, a plug having a third (grounding)

on the label. If you

pin. This plug will only fit into a grounding-type
power outlet. This is a safety feature. If you
are unable to insert the plug into the outlet, contact your electrician to replace your obsolete
outlet. Do not defeat the purpose of the grounding-type
plug.
10. Do not allow anything
walk on the cord.
11. If an extension

to rest on the power cord. Do not locate this product

cord is used

(See page 1-10.) with this product,

make

where persons
sure that

will

the total

ampere ratings on the products plugged into the extension cord do not exceed the extension
cord ampere rating. Also, make sure that the total of all products plugged into the wall outlet
does not exceed 15 amperes

(U.S.A.

only).

12. Never push objects of any kind into this product through cabinet slots as they may touch
dangerous
voltage points or short out parts resulting
in a risk of fire or electric shock. Never
spill liquid of any kind on the product.
13. Do not attempt

to service

this product

yourself,

as opening

or removing

you to dangerous
voltage points or other risks. Refer all servicing
284-4FAX (4329) (USA), 1-800-853-6660
(CANADA).
14. Unplug this product from the wall outlet
under the following conditions:
A. When the power

and refer servicing

cord or plug is damaged

covers may expose

to service personal
to qualified

service

at 1-800personnel

or frayed.

B. If liquid has been spilled into the product.
C. If the product has been exposed to rain or water.
D. If the product

does not operate

normally

when the operating

instructions

Adjust only those controls that are covered by the operating instructions
adjustment
of other controls may result in damage and will often require
by a qualified technician
to restore the product to normal operation.
E. If the product
F. If the product

16-3

has been dropped
exhibits a distinct

or the cabinet has been damaged.
change in performance,
indicating

are followed.
since improper
extensive work

a need for service.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

Important-About

the Interface Cable

This machine has been certified to comply with FCC standards,which
are applied to the U.S.A.
only. A shielded interface cable should be used according to FCC 15.27(C). In addition, a grounded
plug be plugged into a grounded AC outlet after checking the rating of the local power supply for
the printer to operate properly and safely.
-

CAUTION
Changes or modifications
not expressly approved
the user's authority
to operate the equipment.

by Brother

Industries,

Ltd. could void

ATTENTION:
The product that you have purchased
contains
a rechargeable
battery.
The battery
is
recyclable. At the end of it's useful life, under various state and local laws, it may be illegal
to dispose of this battery into the municipal waste stream. Check with your local solid waste
officia],s for details in your area for recycling options or proper disposal.
If you have any problem, contact Brother service personnel at 1-800-284-4FAX(USAOnly).
1-800-284-4329
(USA Only)
1-800-853-6660
(CANADA Only)
(Only for FAX 1450MC/1550MC,

IIIIII

P

I[llnllII!

I

...........................

MFC 1850MC/1950MC)

,,=.,,

" .....

1

16-4

INDEX
17. INDE)
A

ExternalTelephone .........................
7-II,12

Activity Report ...................................
14- 1-3
ADF ...........................................................
6-2
All Dial List......................................
Answer Mode
Automatic

ExtensionTelephone ............................
7-11

F

14-I, 3, 4

..................................

2-4, 7-I

Transmission .........................

Auto Mode ...........................................

6-4

7- 1-2

Fax Forwarding ..............................
Fax-on-demand

........................

11 - 16, 19
12- I, 2, 4-8

FCC Notices .......................................

16- 1-4

Fine ...........................................................

B
Back-up

Frl" Mode ......................................

Printing ..................................

11 - 10

Frr Out Going Message

6-2

7-I, 7-3-5

.........................

Battery (See Memory Storage) .............. 4-8

Frr Ring Time ............................................

Beeper ......................................................

4- I

Function .......................................

Broadcasting

6-8

...........................................

Call Reservation ..............................
Canceling

7-5

2-4, 3-I-7

G

C
Call Back Message ...................... 6-19, 14-I

7-4

Group ...................................................

4-8~9

6-18, 19

..............................................

H

6-11

Cartridge ..............................................
I-5, 6
Cassette ...........................................
I-5, 7, 8

HELP ..............................................
Hook .................................................

2-2, 5-I

Chain Dialing ...........................................

Hold ..................................................

2-2, 5-I

Cleaning

4-6

................................................

15-I

Connecting ........................... 1-8, 7-I I, 7-14
Contrast ....................................................
6-3
Control Panel Keys ..............................
Copy ...........................................

2-4, 3-8, 9

2-1-5

2-3, 13- 1-4

Cover Open ...........................................

15-4

Cover Page ...........................

14-I

6-14~18,

I
ICM (Incomming Message)
......................................
11-14, 12-17~21
Interrupting ............................................

J
Jacks ..............................................

D
4-2

Delayed

Transmission .............................

6-7

Delayed

Polling .......................................

8-5

Document

L
Level OGM ...........................

6-I, 2

ECM ........................................................
................................

Mail Box ................. 12-2, 3, 4, 1I~14, 17~20
Manual
Manual

E
6-20
13-3,4

12-6, 13, 15, 16

M

7-16-19

............................................

Enlarged Copies

15-2, 3

6-7, 8

Date and Time .........................................

Distinctive Ringing ...........................

I-9, 7-I I

Jam .....................................................

Daily Timer ...........................................

Dialing ........................................
5-I
Mode ..................................
7-I, 7-2

Maximum

Time ..............................

11-14, 25

Memo ...................................................

Erasing .... 11-12, 13, 12-8, 10, 13, 16, 20, 21

Memory ....................................................

Error Re-Transmission ............................

Memory

17-1

6-10

6-20

Board ......................................

1I- 16
4-8
15-3

INDEX
Memory Status List

Recording Paper size ..............................

... 10-7 (for FAX 1350M), 11-23 (for FAX
1450M/1550M,

MFC

1850MC/

1950MC), 14- I, 14-6

Transmission .......................

4-8

6-6~ 12

MEMORY FULL..........................................
Message

Center Mode

Reduced
Reduction

Memory Strage .......................................
Memory

Redial ...............................................

6-6

.................... 1 I-I ~7

Message Storage ..................................

11-7

7-6

2-2, 6-5

Copies ...............................

13-3, 4

............................................

7-7, 8

Remote Access/Retrieval
... 10-5~8 (for FAX 1350M), 11- 19~23 (for
FAX 1450M/1550M,

MFC

1850MC/

1950MC)
Remote Access Code

MSG CTR OGM ................................

11-8, 13

10-5, 6 (for FAX 1350M), 11-20, 21 (for FAX

MSG CTR PRO ..................................

12-I~21

1450M/I 550M, MFC 1850MC/I

Multiple Copies .....................................

13-2

Multiple Resolution Transmission ......... 6-13

Remote Activation

950MC)

..........................

7-1 I, 12

Remote Code ..................................

7-1 I, 12

Remote Control Commands

N
Next-FAX Reservation

... 10-7 (for FAX 1350M), 11-22 (for FAX

..........................

Number Groups ..................................

6-21
4-8, 9

1450M/1550M,

Remote Deactivation

O
One-touch

On-Screen

1850MC/

.....................

7-1 I, 12

Reports ...............................................

Dial

.............................

MFC

1950MC)

Resolution ...............................
2-3, 4-4, 5, 8, 5-I, 6-4

Programming

.......................

14-I ~5

2-4, 5-2, 6-13

Ring Delay ...............................................

7-2

3-I

Ring Time ..................................................

7-5

On Hook Dial ...........................................

5-I

Ring Volume ............................................

7-9

Overseas Mode .....................................

6-12

S
P

Safety Instructions .............................

Packing List..............................................
Paging ............................................

1-5

11-16~18

16-3~4

Secure Polling ......................................

8-3, 4

Sequential Polling ...................................

Paper ........................................................

1-8

Paper Empty ..........................................

15-5

SHIFT ..................................................

Paper Jam .............................................

15-5

Smoothing ................................................

Password ...............................................
Pause .........................................

9-1,2

2-2, 4-5, 5-I

Setting Up .............................................

Speaker Volume
Specifications

8-6
1-4~9

2-3, 4-4
7-5

.....................................

........................................

7-9
18- I

PBXs ................................................

I-I I, 4-8

Speed Dial ......... 2-2, 3-3, 4-6, 7, 8, 5-I, 6-4

Photo ..............................................

6-2, 6-13

Station ID ..............................................

Playing .........................

11-10, 12-10, 14, 16

Polling ...................................................
Power .........................................

8- I ~6

I-8, 9, 18-I

Printing ...................................................

12-8

Standard Mode .............................

4-3, 4
6-2, 6-13

Super Dark Mode ....................................
Super fine Mode ............................

6-3

6-2, 6-13

Super Light Mode ....................................
Super Quick Scan .............................

6-3

6-6~ 10

R
Recording

................

Recording

mode .................................
II

......

T

11- 15, 12-9, 12, 15, 19

I

I!

11-15
!IIIII

!I

TAD Mode
!I

................................
..I

7-I, 7-14~15
I

III

llnl

II

!!!

17-2

111

INDEX
Telephone Index ..................................... 5-2
TransmissionVerification Report
....................................... 14-I, 14-4, 14-5
TollSaver .............................................. 11-14
Tone/Pulse ............................................... 4- I
Troubleshooting................................. 15-4-5

V
Voice Alarm ......................
Voice-on-demand

11-24, 25, 26, 27

......... 12-I, 2, 4, 5, 9, 10

!11

17-3

SPECIFICATIONS
18. SPECIFICATIONS
Type

Desktop

Compatibility

ITU-TS Group 3

Coding system

Modified

Modem speed

14400/12000bps(OnlyforFAX1450MC/15501_1C,
MJ?L'l_50MC/1950MCJ

facsm_fle tran_ccl\'_,r
Huffman

(MH)

9600/7200/4800/2400bps;

Automatic

Document input width

148 mm to 216 mm (5.8 inches

Scanning/Printing

208 mm (8.2 inches)

width

Paper size

Letter/Legal/A4

Cassette capability

200 sheets

Printer type

Line thermal

Gray scale

64 levels

Display

LCD, 16 characters

Polling types

Standard,

Contrast control

Automatic/Super

Resolution

• Horizontal

Fallback

to 8.5 inches)

(20 lbs)
with ribbon

Secure,

Delay, Sequential
Light/Super

8 dot/mm

• Vertical

Standard

Dark (manual

3.85 line/mm

(98 line/inch)

Fine, Photo (copy) 7.7 line/ram
Superfine,
One-touch dial

30 stations

Speed-dial

60stations

Automatic redial

3 times

Speaker type

Monitor

Auto answer

FAX1450MC,

(FAX1550MC,

at 5 minute

MFC1850MC),

MFC1950MC)

intervals

0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 rings

Communication

source

Public switched

Operating environment

41 - 95 ° F

Power source

120V AC 50/60Hz

Power consumption

Standby:
Peak:

under

under

telephone

(U.S.A.,

170 watts

Weight

6.0 kg/13.0
to change

Canadian

Version

Only)

(25°C)

375 x 405 x 213 (mm)/8.4

are subject

network

10 watts

Dimensions

Specifications

(196 line/inch)

Photo 15.4 line/mm (392 line/inch)

(FAX1350M,

100 stations

setting)

(203 dot/inch)

x 14.8 x 15.9 (inches)

lbs

for improvement

without

prior notice.

18-1

These machines are made for use in the USA only. We can not recommend using
them overseas because it may violate the Telecommunications
Regulations of
that country and the power requirements
of your fax machine
compatible
with the power available in foreign countries.
Using
overseas is at your own risk and will void your warranty.

may not be
USA models

Brother International Corporation
200 Cottontail Lane,
Somerset, NJ 08875-6714, U.S.A.
Brother International Corporation (Canada) Ltd.
1 rue H6tel de Ville,
Dollard-des-Ormeaux,
QC, CANADA H9B 3H6

Manufactured by Brother Industries Ltd. whose quality system
is registered by BSl and JQA.
BSI Certificate
JQA Certificate

of registration No. FM27214
of registration No. JQA-0367

UF6210001
Printed in Japan



Source Exif Data:
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.2
Linearized                      : No
Page Count                      : 181
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Page Mode                       : UseNone
Producer                        : Goby Monitor Application version 3, 2, 1, 4
Create Date                     : Sat Sep 29 11:21:25 2007
Author                          : 
Title                           : 
Subject                         : 
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Navigation menu